list of courses for exchange students academic year … · t-l-4 mass transfer in gas-liquid system...

FACULTY OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY AND ENGINEERING

1

LIST OF COURSES FOR EXCHANGE STUDENTS

ACADEMIC YEAR 2019/2020

Faculty FACULTY OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY AND ENGINEERING

Course code

(if applicable) Course title

Person responsible for

the course

Semester

(winter/

summer)

ECTS

points

WTiICh-1-01

WTiICh-2-01 AGITATION AND AGITATED VESSELS Joanna Karcz, Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-02

WTiICh-2-02 ANALYSIS OF FOOD CONTAMINANTS Małgorzata Dzięcioł, PhD

winter/

summer 2

WTiICh-1-03

WTiICh-2-03 ANALYSIS OF WATER AND EFFLUENTS Sylwia Mozia, Professor

winter/

summer 6

WTiICh-1-04

WTiICh-2-04

APPLIED METROLOGY AND

MEASUREMENTS FOR CHEMISTS

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-05

WTiICh-2-05

BASIC PRINCIPLES AND CALCULATIONS

IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-06

WTiICh-2-06 BIOMATERIALS Piotr Sobolewski, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-07

WTiICh-2-07 BIOMIMETICS

Mirosława El Fray,

Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-08

WTiICh-2-08 BIOPOLYMERS Piotr Sobolewski, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-09

WTiICh-2-09 BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING Joanna Karcz, Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-10

WTiICh-2-10

CHEMICAL AND PROCESS

ENGINEERING Halina Murasiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-11

WTiICh-2-11

CHEMICAL AND PROCESS

THERMODYNAMICS Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-12

WTiICh-2-12 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-13

WTiICh-2-13

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

FUNDAMENTALS Joanna Karcz, Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-14

WTiICh-2-14

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS

SIMULATION USING ASPEN PLUS

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-15

WTiICh-2-15 CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-16

WTiICh-2-16

CHEMICAL PROCESSES IN INORGANIC

INDUSTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL

ENGINEERING

Sylwia Mozia, Professor winter/

summer 4


2

WTiICh-1-17

WTiICh-2-17 CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-18

WTiICh-2-18 CHROMATOGRAPHIC METHODS Małgorzata Dzięcioł, PhD winter 4

WTiICh-1-19

WTiICh-2-19 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS Halina Murasiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-20

WTiICh-2-20 COSMETIC FORMULATION Paula Ossowicz, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-21

WTiICh-2-21 DRYING TECHNIQUES Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-22

WTiICh-2-22

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING FOR

CHEMISTS

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-23

WTiICh-2-23 ELEMENTS OF BIOTECHNOLOGY

Agata Markowska-

Szczupak, Assistant

Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-24

WTiICh-2-24

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

CONTROL

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-25

WTiICh-2-25

FUNDAMENTAL OF PHYSICAL

CHEMISTRY

Lubkowski Krzysztof,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-26

WTiICh-2-26

FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTIMIZATION

TECHNIQUES IN ENGINEERING Halina Murasiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-27

WTiICh-2-27

FUNDAMENTALS OF RESERVOIR FLUID

BEHAVIOR AND ITS PROPERTIES Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-28

WTiICh-2-28

GAS CLEANING METHODS AND

TECHNOLOGIES

Jacek Przepiórski,

Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-29

WTiICh-2-29

GAS FLOW SIMULATION IN PIPELINE

NETWORK

Jolanta Szoplik, Assistant

Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-30

WTiICh-2-30 HEAT TRANSFER

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-31

WTiICh-2-31

HETEROGENEOUS CATALYSIS IN

INDUSTRY

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-32

WTiICh-2-32

INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION AND

PROCESS CONTROL FOR CHEMISTS

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-33

WTiICh-2-33 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS

Elwira Wróblewska,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-34

WTiICh-2-34

INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS IN


Piotr Tabero, Assistant

Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-35

WTiICh-2-35

INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS OF

NANOMATERIALS

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-36

WTiICh-2-36 MASS TRANSFER

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-37

WTiICh-2-37

MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN


Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-38

WTiICh-2-38 MEMBRANE PROCESSESS Sylwia Mozia, Professor

winter/

summer 2


3

WTiICh-1-39

WTiICh-2-39

METHODS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

IDENTIFICATION Marta Sawicka, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-40

WTiICh-2-40

MODELING AND SIMULATION IN


Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-41

WTiICh-2-41 MULTIPHASE FLOWS Joanna Karcz, Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-42

WTiICh-2-42 NANOFILLERS AND NANOCOMPOSITES

Mirosława El Fray,

Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-43

WTiICh-2-43 NANOLAYERS AND THIN FILMS

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-44

WTiICh-2-44 NANOPARTICLES AND ENVIRONMENT

Beata Tryba,

Professor

winter/

summer 2

WTiICh-1-45

WTiICh-2-45

NUMERICAL AND ANALYTICAL

METHODS WTH MATLAB Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-46

WTiICh-2-46

NUMERICAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL

ENGINEERING

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-47

WTiICh-2-47 PARTICULATE TECHNOLOGY

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-48

WTiICh-2-48 PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY Paula Ossowicz, PhD

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-49

WTiICh-2-49 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF SURFACES

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-50

WTiICh-2-50 POLYMER CHEMISTRY

Mirosława El Fray,

Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-51

WTiICh-2-51 POLYMERS IN MEDICINE

Mirosława El Fray,

Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-52

WTiICh-2-52 PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMISTRY

Agata Markowska-

Szczupak, Assistant

Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-53

WTiICh-2-53

PRINCIPLES OF BIOPROCESS

ENGINEERING Piotr Sobolewski, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-54

WTiICh-2-54 PRINCIPLES OF BIOTECHNOLOGY Piotr Sobolewski, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-55

WTiICh-2-55 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-56

WTiICh-2-56 PROCESS KINETICS Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-57

WTiICh-2-57 PROCESS SAFETY ENGINEERING Halina Murasiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-58

WTiICh-2-58 QUALITY ENGINEERING

Jolanta Szoplik, Assistant

Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-59

WTiICh-2-59

RAW MATERIALS FOR THE COSMETICS

PRODUCTS Paula Ossowicz, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-60

WTiICh-2-60 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES Halina Murasiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-61

WTiICh-2-61 RESEARCH PROJECT Małgorzata Dzięcioł, PhD summer 8


4

WTiICh-1-62

WTiICh-2-62

RESEARCH PROJECT IN CHEMICAL

ENGINEERING Halina Murasiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 8

WTiICh-1-63

WTiICh-2-63

RESEARCH PROJECT ON MIXING OF

MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS Joanna Karcz, Professor

winter/

summer 15

WTiICh-1-64

WTiICh-2-64 SEPARATION PROCESSES

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-65

WTiICh-2-65

SIMULATION OF CHEMICAL

ENGINEERING PROCESSES USING

MATHCAD, MATLAB AND POLYMATH

Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-66

WTiICh-2-66 SPECIAL METHODS OF SEPARATION

Anna Kiełbus-Rąpała,

PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-67

WTiICh-2-67 SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS Marta Sawicka, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-68

WTiICh-2-68

SURFACTANTS CHEMISTRY AND

ANALYSIS Paula Ossowicz, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-69

WTiICh-2-69

TECHNOLOGIES IN ENVIRONMENTAL

PROTECTION I Małgorzata Dzięcioł, PhD

winter/

summer 2

WTiICh-1-70

WTiICh-2-70

TECHNOLOGIES IN ENVIRONMENTAL

PROTECTION II Małgorzata Dzięcioł, PhD

winter/

summer 2

WTiICh-1-71

WTiICh-2-71

TECHNOLOGY OF ELASTOMERIC

MATERIALS AND RUBBER Marta Piątek-Hnat, PhD

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-72

WTiICh-2-72

TESTING METHODS OF BIO- AND

NANOMATERIALS

Mirosława El Fray,

Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-73

WTiICh-2-73

TESTING METHODS OF INORGANIC

PRODUCTS

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 5

WTiICh-1-74

WTiICh-2-74

THERMODYNAMICS OF PHASE AND

REACTION EQUILIBRIA Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-75

WTiICh-2-75

THERMODYNAMICS WITH CHEMICAL

ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS Konrad Witkiewicz, PhD

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-76

WTiICh-2-76 TISSUE ENGINEERING

Mirosława El Fray,

Professor

winter/

summer 3

WTiICh-1-77

WTiICh-2-77 TRANSPORT PHENOMENA

Bogdan Ambrożek,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 4

WTiICh-1-78

WTiICh-2-78 VACUUM TECHNOLOGY

Dariusz Moszyński,

Assistant Professor

winter/

summer 3

FIRST DEGREE (BACHELOR)

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study

Graduate's qualification

ECTS

Form of course credit

Code

Electives

Language

Elective group

Wymiana międzynarodowa

stationary

WTiICh-1-01

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study

Educational profile -

Module

Course unit AGITATION AND AGITATED VESSELS

Field of specialisation

Administering faculty Institute of Chemical Engineering and EnvironmentalProtection Processes

Form of instruction Semester ECTS Weight CreditCode Hours

laboratory course 1W, 2S 15 1,0 0,25 creditsL

project course 1W, 2S 15 1,0 0,25 creditsP

lecture 1W, 2S 15 2,0 0,50 creditsW

Karcz Joanna ([email protected])Leading teacherCudak Magdalena ([email protected]), Karcz Joanna ([email protected]),Kiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected]), Major-Godlewska Marta([email protected]), Szoplik Jolanta ([email protected])

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Chemical engineering fundamentals

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the theory and practice of agitation and agitated vessels

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Power consumption 3

T-L-2 Producing of gas-liquid system in an agitated vessel 3

T-L-3 Mixing time in an agitated vessel 3

T-L-4 Mass transfer in gas-liquid system in an agitated vessel 3

T-L-5 Mass transfer in mechanically agitated solid-liquid system 3

T-P-1Project of the agitated vessel used to chosen mixing operation (mixing operation: homogenization orheat transfer or mass transfer in a liquid or multiphase systems); engineering calculation of theagitated vessel geometry; engineering calculations of the homogenization or heat and mass transferprocesses

15

T-W-1 Agitation of fluids as important unit operation (homogenization of fluids; intensification of heat transferprocess; intensification of mass transfer process; mixing with chemical reaction) 1

T-W-2Mixing equipment (vessels; impellers; baffles; geometry of the agitated vessel; standard geometricalparameters of the agitated vessel; types of the impellers; location of the impeller shaft in the vessel(central, eccentric, side-entering); types of the baffles (planar of full length, short baffles, tubularbaffles); types of the heating surfaces areas (jackets, helical coils, tubular vertical coils); static mixers

2

T-W-3Rules used for the project of the agitated vessels step by step (vessel shape, vessel bottom,heating/cooling surfaces, insulation, impellers, baffles, legs, platforms, seals, shaft bearing, lids, drives,metering ports, sensors and probes, gas supply (gas spargers)

1

T-W-4Power consumption (power characteristics Ne = f(Re) for laminar, transitional and turbulent regime ofthe fluid flow; definition of power number Ne; definition of Reynolds number Re for mixing process; aneffect of the baffles on the power characteristics; values of the Ne number for different impellers andturbulent range of the fluid flow)

2

T-W-5 Liquid homogenization; mixing time (definition; mixing time measurement; experimental techniques;comparing of mixing time at equal power consumption) 2

T-W-6

Heat transfer in agitated vessels (methods for measuring of mean and local heat transfer coefficients(thermal and electrochemical methods); Nusselt equation (definition of Nusselt number Nu, Prandtlnumber Pr, coefficient C); an effect of the agitated vessel geometry and impeller type on the heattransfer coefficient; efficiency of heat transfer process (modified Re number, coefficient K); idea ofmathematical modeling of local heat transfer coefficient; idea of numerical modeling of heat transferprocess

2

AGITATION AND AGITATED VESSELS

[ logo uczelni ]

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hours

T-W-7 Mass transfer in agitated vessels (methods of mass transfer coefficient measurements; correlations formass transfer coefficient) 1

T-W-8

Mechanically agitated gas – liquid, solid – liquid, liquid – liquid and gas – solid – liquid systems(dispersions; suspensions; emulsions); maps of the gas – liquid dispersions; suspension of floatingparticles; minimum (critical) agitator speeds; an effect of the impeller type, baffles type andgeometrical parameters of the agitated vessel on the producing of the heterogeneous systems; gashold-up; superficial gas velocity, interfacial area; Sauter mean diameter

2

T-W-9 Mixing with chemical reaction 1

T-W-10 Mixing of particulate solids 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance the laboratory works 15A-L-1

Literature study on the topics of laboratory exercises 10A-L-2

Repetition of the problems analyzed in the laboratory 5A-L-3

Obligatory attendance a course 15A-P-1

Literature study and general analysis of the problem solved in the project 5A-P-2

Obligatory participation in the consultations with the teacher 5A-P-3

Performance of project calculations and an analysis of the obtained results 5A-P-4

Obligatory attendance the lectures 15A-W-1

Literature study on the topics discussed within the frame of the lectures 15A-W-2

Remembering, understending and analyzing of the lectures content 15A-W-3

Repetition of the lectures content to the exam 15A-W-4

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 lecture illustrated by Power Point presentation

M-2 laboratory exercises

M-3 projects method

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 lectures and laboratory - written testP

S-2 completion of the project based on the correctly performed computationsP

Designed learning outcomesReference to the

learning outcomesdesigned for the fields of

study

Reference tolearning outcomes

leading to thedegree of "inżynier"

Reference to thelearning outcomes

defined for theparticular areas of

education

Teachingmethods

Courseobjectives Course content Evaluation

methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01to provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the agitation processes

T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01to provide practical kowledge within the framework of theagitation and agitated vessels

T-L-5T-P-1T-W-3

Other social / personal competences

C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of the agitations problems

T-W-3

Outcomes Grade Evaluation criterion

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01

2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on agitation processes which are included to course

contents3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01

2,03,0 student has ability to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on agitation and agitated vessels

3,54,04,55,0

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01

2,03,0 the student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of the agitation

and agitated vessels3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Harnby N., Edwards M.F., Nienow A.W., Mixing in the Process Industries, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 1997

2. Mixing Equipment (Impeller Type), AIChE Equipment Testing Procedure, 3rd Edition, New York, 2001, ISBN 0-8169-0836-2

3. Nagata S., Mixing. Principles and Applications, Halsted Press, New York, 1975

4. Paul E.L., Atiemo-Obeng V.A, Kresta S.M; (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial Mixing, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2004

5. Tatterson G.B., Fluid Mixing and Gas Dispersion in Agitated Tanks, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1991

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-02

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Analysis of food contaminants


Administering faculty Institute of Organic Chemical Technology



Dzięcioł Małgorzata ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basics of analytical chemistry

Module/course unit objectives

C-1 Knowledge about typical contaminants generated naturally in food and brought from environment, and practical skills in therange of their analysis


T-L-1Natural contaminants present in foods. Natural toxicants generated in food during spoilage processes.Determination of ethanol and methanol content in beverages. Changes in plant oils at hightemperature. Products of fats oxidation.

20

T-L-2 Environmental toxicants (pesticides, pharmaceuticals, industrial contaminants). Pesticide residues infood. Contaminants of drinking water. 20

T-L-3 Analysis of food adulteration. 4

T-L-4 Test 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in laboratory classes 45A-L-1

Individual work with literature 5A-L-2

Preparing of written reports 5A-L-3

Consultation 2A-L-4

Preparation for the final test 3A-L-5

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Laboratory

M-2 Individual work with literature

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Evaluation of working in the laboratoryF

S-2 Evaluation of written reportsP

S-3 TestP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM_1-_??_W01Student will be able to explain sources of different foodcontaminants.

T-L-3

Skills

Analysis of food contaminants

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

WM_1-_??_U01Student will be able to perform analysis of selected foodcontaminants and examine adulteration of food.

T-L-3

C-1 S-2T-L-1T-L-2 M-2WM_1-_??_U02

Student will be able to collect and organize data from literature.T-L-3


C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM_1-_??_K01student is aware of the impact of contaminants on consumerhealth

T-L-3


KnowledgeWM_1-_??_W01 2,0

3,0 student is able to name the main sources of food contaminants and give the common examples

3,54,04,55,0

SkillsWM_1-_??_U01 2,0

3,0 student is able to perform analysis with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM_1-_??_U02 2,03,0 student is able to prepare a report on a specified topic

3,54,04,55,0

Other social / personal competencesWM_1-_??_K01 2,0

3,0 student is able to describe the harmful effect of determined substances on human

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. ed. W.M. Dąbrowski, Z.E. Sikorski, Toxins in Food, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2005

2. T. P. Coultate, Food: the Chemistry of its Components, RSC, Cambridge, 2009

3. ed. T. Reemtsma, M. Jekel, Organic pollutants in the water cycle, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2006

Supplementary reading3. ed. J.P.F. D'Mello, Food Safety: Contaminants and Toxins, CABI, Trowbrige, 2003

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-03

6,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 6,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Analysis of water and effluents


Administering faculty Institute of Inorganic Chemical Technology andEnvironmental Engineering


lecturing course 1W, 2S 15 1,0 0,30 creditsA



Mozia Sylwia ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Water and wastewater treatment, analytical chemistry


C-1Student will get theoretical knowledge on chemical composition of natural waters, water and wastewater treatmentprocesses, drinking water quality standards and wastewater quality standards, methods of preservation and analysis ofwater and wastewater samples.Student will get practical skills in the area of analysis of water and wastewater parameters.


T-A-1 Calculation of solutions concentrations, pH, hardness, alkalinity and acidity of natural waters,corrosivity, BOD. Regulations concerning drinking water quality. 15

T-L-1Determination of PO43-, N-NO3-, N-NH4+ and dissolved oxygen concentrations, determination of COD-Cr, COD-Mn, TOC, alkalinity, acidity, hardness, color, turbidity and pH of water, evaluation of watercorrosivity.

60

T-W-1

Characteristics of surface water and groundwater. Classification of waters. Regulations concerningdrinking water quality. Characteristics of municipal wastewater and selected industrial effluents.Wastewater quality standards. Aims and ranges of water and wastewater analysis.Fundamentals of analysis of water and wastewater. Background of sampling. Sample stabilization andsafe keeping. Physical and chemical indicators of water and wastewater contamination. Indicators ofbacteriological contamination of water. Methods of analysis of water and wastewater.

30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursparticipation in classes 15A-A-1

literature review 10A-A-2

preparation for class test 5A-A-3

participation in classes 60A-L-1

preparation for classes, literature review 10A-L-2

preparation of reports 10A-L-3

preparation for class test 10A-L-4

participation in lectures 30A-W-1

literature review 20A-W-2

preparation for the exam 10A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 lecture

M-2 workshop

M-3 laboratory

Analysis of water and effluents

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: written examP

S-2 Workshop: class test/gradeP

S-3 Laboratory: report, class test/gradeF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-A-1T-L-1

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Understand fundamental water chemistry.- Learn the parameters that characterize the constituents foundin potable water and wastewater.- Comprehend water/wastewater quality data.- Characterize water and wastewater.

T-W-1

Skills

C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-A-1T-L-1 M-1

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01At the completion of this course, students will be able toplan and carry out experiments for analysis of water andwastewater quality, collect experimental data, analyze andinterpret results, write technical reports and give presentations.

T-W-1


C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-A-1T-L-1

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of analysis of water and effluents

T-W-1



2,0

3,0Student is able to: (i) describe the main parameters that characterize the constituents found in potable water andwastewater and (ii) explain water/wastewater quality data. Student knows basic methods of collection and preservation ofsamples and methods of analysis of selected parameters of water and wastewater.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to plan and carry out simple experiments for analysis of water and wastewater quality, collect experimental

data and write technical reports.3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basi level the needs of continuous training and development in the field of analysis of water and

effluents3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ed. Leo M.L. Nollet, Handbook of Water Analysis, CRC Press LLC, USA, 2007, Second Edition

2. K. Kaur, Handbook of water and wastewater analysis, Atlantic Publishers & Distributors (P) Ltd., 2007

3. irk-Othmer, Chemical Technology and the Environment, Vol. 1 and 2, 2007

4. ed. O. Hutzinger, Handbook of Environmental Chemistry, Vol.5, part A, Water Pollution, Springer-Verlag, 1991

5. B.J. Alloway, D.C. Ayres, Chemical Principles of Environmental pollution, Blackie Academic & Professional, 1993

6. Water treatment, Plant Design, American Water Works Association, McGraw, 1998, 3th Edition

7. W.J. Masschelein, Unit Processes in Drinking Water Treatment, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1992

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-04

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Applied metrology and measurements for chemists






Moszyński Dariusz ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Math

W-2 Physics

W-3 Electrical engineering

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 To learn the students to know principles of metrology

C-2 To learn how to choose the proper measurement tools

C-3 To learn the methods of measurement data evaluation

C-4 To let the students know standard methods for measurement of physical properties

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Data evaluation for laboratory testing 6

T-L-2 Basic electrical measurements 6

T-L-3 Principal methods of temperature measurement 6

T-L-4 Weight and density measurements 6

T-L-5 Pressure and flow measurements 6

T-W-1 Principles of metrology 5

T-W-2 Data analysis 5

T-W-3 Measurements of physical dimentions 5

T-W-4 Mesurement of weight and density 3

T-W-5 Temperature measurements 5

T-W-6 Electrical measurements 3

T-W-7 Measurements of flow and level 4

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursuczestnictwo w zajęciach (laboratory attandance) 30A-L-1

Preparation of reports 30A-L-2

uczestnictwo w zajęciach (lecture attandance) 30A-W-1

Zapoznanie się z literaturą przedmiotu (Library) 30A-W-2

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture

M-2 Case analysis

Applied metrology and measurements for chemists

[ logo uczelni ]


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 ExamF

S-2 Activity evaluationF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student knows the principles of experimental data assessment

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student is able to chose and perform the basic measurementexperiments




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Bucher, Jay L., Metrology Handbook (2nd Edition), American Society for Quality (ASQ), 2012

2. Raghavendra, N.V.; Krishnamurthy, L., Engineering Metrology and Measurements, Oxford University Press, 2013

Supplementary reading1. Kimothi, Shri Krishna, Uncertainty of Measurements - Physical and Chemical Metrology - Impact and Analysis, American Society forQuality (ASQ), 2002

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-05

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit BASIC PRINCIPLES AND CALCULATIONS IN CHEMICALENGINEERING






Witkiewicz Konrad ([email protected])Leading teacher

Witkiewicz Konrad ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basic knowledge of mathematics.


C-1The student will be able to:1. Explain the basic elements of engineering calculations.2. Demonstrate basic knowledge of material and energy balances.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with simplified process modeling in chemical engineering.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Solving problems presented during lectures. 30

T-W-1

Introduction to chemical engineering calculations: units and dimensions, conventions in methods ofanalysis and measurement, chemical equation and stoichiometry. Problem solving: techniques ofproblem solving, computer-based tools, sources of data. Material balances: the material balance,program of analysis of material balance problems, solving material balance problems that do notinvolve chemical reactions, solving material balance problems that involve chemical reactions, solvingmaterial balance problems involving multiple subsystems, recycle, bypass, and purge calculations.Gases, vapors, liquids, and solids: ideal gas law calculations, real gas relationships, vapor pressure andliquids, vapor-liquid equilibria for multicomponent systems, partial saturation and humidity, materialbalances involving condensation and vaporization. Energy balances: concepts and units, calculation ofenthalpy changes, application of the general energy balance without reactions occurring, energybalances that account for chemical reaction, reversible processes and the mechanical energy balance,heats of solution and mixing, humidity charts and their use. Solving simultaneous material and energybalances: analyzing the degree of freedom in a steady-state process. Unsteady-state material andenergy balances.

30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in classes 28A-L-1

Homework 2A-L-2

Self-study of the literature 30A-L-3

Participation in lectures 28A-W-1

Written exam 2A-W-2

Self-study of the literature 30A-W-3


M-2 Classes

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: written examF

BASIC PRINCIPLES AND CALCULATIONS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-2 Classes: homeworkF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of engineeringcalculations.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student can solve typical problems associated with processmodeling in chemical engineering.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of engineering calculations.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of simple engineering calculations.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student solves simple problems associated with chemical engineering processes.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of engineering

calculations.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. D.M. Himmelblau, Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering, Prentice Hall International (UK) Limited, London, 19962. W.L. Luyben, L.A. Wenzel, Chemical Process Analysis: Mass and Energy Balances, Int. Ser. in Phys. & Chem. Eng. Sci., Prentice Hall,Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 19883. E.I., Shaheen, Basic Practice of Chemical Engineering, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1984, 2nd ed.

Supplementary reading3. B.E. Poling, J.M. Prausnitz, J.P. O’Connel, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2001

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-06

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Biomaterials


Administering faculty Polymer Institute



Sobolewski Piotr ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basic understanding of biology and chemistry.

W-2 Upper level English: reading and speaking.

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Define important keywords and concepts

C-2 Describe the interactions between (bio)materials and blood.

C-3 Describe the host response to a (bio)material.

C-4 Discuss material-related design considerations for a medical device/implant.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Introduction and definitions 2

T-W-2 Case study: cardiac catheters 4

T-W-3 Blood-biomaterial contact 4

T-W-4 Host response 6

T-W-5 Surfaces and modification 2

T-W-6 Degradable materials and mechanisms of degradation 2

T-W-7 Drug delivery 4

T-W-8 Select topics and case studies 6

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in lectures 30A-W-1

Literature research and readings 30A-W-2

Presentation preparation 30A-W-3


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 PresentationP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Define important keywords and concepts

Skills

Biomaterials

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Describe the interactions between (bio)materials and blood.WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02Describe the host response to a (bio)material.WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U03Discuss material-related design considerations for a medicaldevice/implant.




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Buddy Ratner et al, Biomaterials Science, Academic Press

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-07

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit BIOMIMETICS





El Fray Mirosława ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 none


C-1This couse is aimed at giving an introduction to the filed of designing modern materials using inspirations from nature.Student will be able to define basic terms related to biomimetics, will be able to work in a group and will be able to broadenher/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Basic definitions used in biomimetics and bionics 1

T-W-2 Molecular design of biological and nano-materials 2

T-W-3 Multifunctional materials 4

T-W-4 Functional surfaces in biology 2

T-W-5 Biological materials in engineering mechanisms 2

T-W-6 Artificial muscles using electroactive polymers 2

T-W-7 Artificial support and replacement of human bones 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursparticipation in lectures 15A-W-1

student's own work 15A-W-2

literature study and consultations 30A-W-3

Remembering, understanding and analyzing of the lectures content 15A-W-4



Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 examinationF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of biomimetics

Skills

BIOMIMETICS

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thebiomimetics

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the filed of biomimetics


KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Y. Bar-Cohen, Biomimetics Biologically Inspired Technologies, CRC Taylor&Francis, New York, 2006

2. B.R. Ratner, Biomaterials Science, Elsevier, New York, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-08

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Biopolymers






Other teachers




C-2 Explain the difference between biopolymers and bio-based polymers

C-3 Describe the main classes of biopolymers, including key structural and chemical features

C-4 Discuss specific applications of biopolymers, including key features


T-W-2 Nucleic acids 2

T-W-3 Proteins 4

T-W-4 Polysacchrides 4

T-W-5 Extracellular matrix 4

T-W-6 Aliphatic polyesters 2

T-W-7 Latex and natural rubber 2

T-W-8 Bio-based polymers 2

T-W-9 Degradation and biodegradation 2









study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Biopolymers

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Define important keywords and concepts

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Explain the difference between biopolymers and bio-basedpolymersWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02Describe the main classes of biopolymers, including keychemical and structural featuresWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U03Discuss specific applications of biopolymers, including keyfeatures




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. David Kaplan, Biopolymers from Renewable Resources, Springer

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-09

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING






Karcz Joanna ([email protected])Leading teacher

Kiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 introduction to the chemical and process engineering

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the theory of bioprocess engineering.


T-P-1Project calculations for the bioprocess occuring in a given type of multiphase bioreactor (multistageslurry reactor, immobilized biocatylytic reactor, enzymatic membrane reactor, biofilm reactor orflocculation bioreactor

15

T-W-1 Introductory Remarks: Biotechnology and bioprocess engineering; Up-stream engineering; Bioreactorengineering; Down-stream engineering 2

T-W-2 An overview of biological basics of bioprocess engineering: Enzymes; Cells; Major metabolic pathways;The grow of cells 4

T-W-3 Traditional industrial bioprocesses; Bioethanol; Biogas; Wine production; Manufacture of yeast; Single-cell proteins; Copper bioleaching; Penicilin production 6

T-W-4 Sterilization of process fluids 3

T-W-5 Engineering principles for bioprocesses; Momentum, mass and heat transfer in bioreactors 5

T-W-6 Operating considerations for bioreactors; Types of bioreactors; Selection, scale-up; operations andcontrol of bioreactors 5

T-W-7 Recovery and purification of bioproducts; Finishing steps of purification; Integration of reaction andseparation 2

T-W-8 Instrumentation and control 1

T-W-9 Nonconventional bioprocesses 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance a course 15A-P-1









M-2 projects method

BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 written testP

S-2 completion of the project based on the correctly performed project computationsP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01to give a detailed knowledge about bioprocess engineering

T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9

Skills

C-1 S-2T-P-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01student has ability to calculate and solve different practicalproblems on bioprocess engineering


C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of bioprocess engineering

T-W-5T-W-9



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on bioprocess engineering included to course content

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student has ability to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on bioprocess engineering

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of bioprocess

engineering3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Cabral J.M.S., Mota M., Tramper J. (Eds), Multiphase Bioreactor Design, Taylor and Francis, London, New York, 2001

2. Doran P.M., Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Academic Press, London, 1995

3. Dutta R., Fundamentals of Biochemical Engineering, Springer, Berlin, 20084. Flickinger M.C., Drew S.W., Encyclopedia of Bioprocess Technology: Fermentation, Biocatalysis, and Bioseparation, Wiley, New York,19995. Lydersen B.K., D’Elia N.A., Nelson K.L., Bioprocess Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994

6. Shuler M.L., Kargi F., Bioprocess Engineering: Basic Concepts, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 20027. Simpson R., Sastry S.K., Chemical and Bioprocess Engineering. Fundamental Concepts for First-Year Students, Springer, New York,20138. Van’t Riet K., Tramper J., Basic Bioreactor Design, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 1991

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-10

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL AND PROCESS ENGINEERING





Murasiewicz Halina ([email protected])Leading teacher

Story Grzegorz ([email protected]), Story Anna ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of mathematics.

W-2 Fundamentals of chemical engineering

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Apply process principles learnt in other chemical engineering courses to practical situations

C-2 Identify and analyse the fundamental physical parameters of an experimental system

C-3 Write technical reports

C-4 Perform statistical analysis on data and conduct statistically designed experiments

C-5 Demonstrate laboratory and analytical skills, safety awareness and organisational skills

C-6 Demonstrate skills with numerical methods and computing applications


T-L-1

Comprises experiments related to various aspects reletaing with chemical engineering: measurmentof density, viscosity (rhelogy), ph, reflacting index, interfacial tension, mixing process, formulating oftwo phase system, sedimentation process, measurment techniques used in flow, numerical simulationof flow and process. After successfully conducting an experiment, the students need to write a wellformatted technical report. In addition, the course will introduce students to numerical methods forsolving typical chemical engineering problems. It also introduces the students to the use ofspreadsheets to solve chemical engineering design and process problems.

75

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursClass participation 75A-L-1

One-on-One Teaching Consultations 75A-L-2

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 activating methods: didactic discussion

M-2 practical methods - calculation, design, numerical/simulation study

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lab Report (Individual) after each labratoryF

S-2 written final testP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

CHEMICAL AND PROCESS ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to measure a physcial properties ofliquid, solid and gas, identify the various types of measurmentequipments used in the chemical engineering and usecommercial software to analyze data and simulate the process.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to apply knowledge of measurementtechniques to identify physical properties and solve chemicalengineering problems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student will be began to prepare for a roleas a professional chemical engineer in industry or academia



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Thomas Ch. E., Process technology equipment and systems, Cengage Learning, Stamford, 2015

2. K. Walters, An Introduction to Rheology, Elsevier Science, 1989

3. Howard A. Barnes, A Handbook of Elementary Rheology, University of Wales, Institute of Non-Newtonian Fluid Mechanics, 2000

4. McCabe W.L., Smith J.C., Harriott P., Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2005

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-11

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL AND PROCESS THERMODYNAMICS










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of chemical and process thermodynamics.2. Describe the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical and complex problems associated with philosophy and practice of modelingthermodynamic systems.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Solving problems presented during lectures. 30

T-W-1

Basic thermodynamic concepts. The properties and laws of ideal and semi-ideal gases. The first law ofthermodynamics: heat, specific heat. Absolute work, useful work, technical work. The transformationsof ideal and semi-ideal gases: isobaric, isochoric, isothermal, isentropic and polytropic. Thermodynamiccycles. Carnot cycle. Rankine cycle. Refrigeration cycles. Liquefaction cycles. Combustion engines. Thesecond law of thermodynamics: entropy, reversible and irreversible processes. Water vapor, phasechanges of water, steam diagrams.

30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in classes 28A-A-1

Homework 2A-A-2

Self-study of the literature 30A-A-3


Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes


S-2 Classes: homeworkF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

CHEMICAL AND PROCESS THERMODYNAMICS

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of chemical and processthermodynamics

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student can solve problems associated with thermodynamicsystems.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical and processthermodynamics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of chemical and process thermodynamics

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with thermodynamic systems.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of chemical and

process thermodynamics.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. C. Borgnakke, R.E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of thermodynamics, Wiley, New York, 2013, 8th

2. H.D.B. Jenkins, Chemical Thermodynamics at Glance, Blackwell Publishing Ltd, Oxford, 2008

Supplementary reading3. D. Kondepudi, Introduction to modern thermodynamics, John Wiley & Sons Inc., Chichester, UK, 2008

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-12

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Chemical engineering design






Ambrożek Bogdan ([email protected])Leading teacherMurasiewicz Halina ([email protected]), Ziętarska Katarzyna([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of chemical engineering


C-1The student will be able to:1.Apply knowledge of chemical engineering fundamentals to identify and solve chemical engineering design problems.2.Perform step-by-step design of chemical engineering processes.3.Use of Aspen Plus for chemical engineering design.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-P-1 Project of the selected equipment 30

T-W-1

Introduction to design. Design information. Physical properties of chemical compounds. Materials ofConstruction. Costing. Mechanical design of process equipment. Flow-sheeting. Material and energybalances. Energy utilization. Piping and instrumentation. Equipment selection, specification and design:separation columns, heat-transfer equipment. Aspen simulation. Plant location and site selection.Environmental considerations. Safety and loss prevention.

30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursClass participation 30A-P-1

Project task 30A-P-2

Class participation 30A-W-1

Tutorial 15A-W-2

Individual work 45A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 metoda podająca: wykład

M-2 metoda praktyczna: ćwiczenia projektowe

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 ocena okresowych osiągnięć studentaF

S-2 ocena pod koniec przedmiotuP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to apply knowledge of chemicalengineering fundamentals to identify and solve chemicalengineering design problems.

Chemical engineering design

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to apply knowledge of chemicalengineering fundamentals to identify and solve chemicalengineering design problems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to use of Aspen Plus for chemicalengineering design.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Sinnott R.K., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 6: Chemical Engineering Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford,20032. Luyben W.L., Distillation design and control using Aspen simulation, Wiley, New York, 2006

Supplementary reading1. Seider W.D., Seader J.D., Lewin D.R., Widagdo S., Product and Process Design Principles. Synthesis, Analysis, and Evaluation, Wiley,New York, 2009

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-13

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS







Karcz Joanna ([email protected])Leading teacherCudak Magdalena ([email protected]), Kiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected]), Major-Godlewska Marta ([email protected]), Szoplik Jolanta([email protected])

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the chemical engineering

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Basic units of International System of Units 1

T-A-2 Calculations of the basic physical properties for the single and multiphases systems. Concentration ofthe component in the multicomponent systems 1

T-A-3 Pressure drop in a pipeline and pipeline network 2

T-A-4 Calculations of the particles sedimentation 1

T-A-5 Calculations for the filtration operation 1

T-A-6 Heat transfer calculations. Heat transfer coefficient; heat transfer area; driving difference oftemperature; heat exchangers 3

T-A-7 Mass transfer calculations. Mass transfer coefficients; driving difference of concentration; masstransfer area; mass exchangers 3

T-A-8 Destilation and rectification. mass balances; equations of the operating lines; number of the plates in acolumn 2

T-A-9 Calculations for the others mass transfer processes 1

T-L-1 Fluid flow measurements 3

T-L-2 Rheological properties of the non_Newtonian fluid 3

T-L-3 Process characteristics of the absorption column 3

T-L-4 Fluid flow in a pipeline network 3

T-L-5 Process characteristics of the air-lift reactor 3

T-W-1 Introduction. Units and dimensions. International System of Units. 1

T-W-2Flow of fluids. Energy and momentum balance. The boundary layer theory. Flow in pipes and chanels.Flow of compressible fluids. Flow of multiphase mixtures. Pumping of fluids. Flow measurement.Pressure measurement. Pressure and flow measuring devices

6

T-W-3 Unit operations of chemical and process engineering. Mixing of liquids. Motion of particles in a fluid.Sedimentation of paricles. Filtration of liquid. Separation. Fluidization 4

T-W-4 Heat transfer. Rate of heat transfer. Heat transfer coefficient. Overall heat transfer coefficient.Temperature profiles. Heat transfer area. Types of the heat exchangers. 6

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-5Mass transfer. The mechanism of absorption. Concentration profile for absorbed component A. Rate ofabsorption. Driving forces in the gas and liquid phase. film coefficient of mass transfer in absorptionprocess. Overall coefficient of mass transfer. Absorption of gases. Packed columns

6

T-W-6Distillation. Vapour-liquid equilibrium. Temperature compositions diagrams. Vapour composition as afunction of liquid composition at constant pressure. Partial pressures and Dalton's, Raoult's andHenry's laws

1

T-W-7The fractionating column. The fractionating process. Mass and heat balances. Calculation of platesnumber for a distillation column. The methods used to determinate of plates number. Liquid-liquidextraction

4

T-W-8 Simultaneous momentum, heat and mass transfer. Analogy between momentum, heat and masstransfer processes. Humidification and water cooling. Evaporation 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance the classes 15A-A-1

Calculations and analysis of the engineering problems 15A-A-2

Obligatory attendance the laboratory works 15A-L-1







Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture illustrated by Power Point presentation

M-2 Exercises

M-3 Laboratory method




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01to give a general introduction to the chemical engineering


Skills

C-1 S-1

T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6T-A-7

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01student has ability to calculate and solve different practicalproblems on chemical engineering

T-A-8T-A-9T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5


C-1 S-1T-A-6T-A-7T-L-1T-L-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical engineering

T-L-5T-W-2T-W-4T-W-5



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on chemical engineering included to course content

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 student has ability to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on chemical engineering

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of chemical


Required reading1. Coulson J.M., Richardson J.F., Backhurst J. R., Harker J. H., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 1: Fluid Flow, HeatTransfer and Mass Transfer, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 19992. Coulson J.M., Richardson J.F., Backhurst J. R., Harker J. H., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 2: Particle Technologyand Separation Processes, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20023. Richardson J.F., Peacock D.G., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 3: Chemical & Biochemical Reactors & ProcessControl, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20074. Backhurst J.R., Harker J.H., Richardson J.F.,, Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 4: Solutions to the Problems in Vol. 1,,Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20015. Backhurst J.R., Harker J.H., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 5: Solutions to the Problems in Volumes 2 and 3,Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20026. Sinnott R.K., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 6: Chemical Engineering Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford,20037. Denn M.M., Chemical Engineering. An introduction,, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2012

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-14

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS SIMULATIONUSING ASPEN PLUS






Ambrożek Bogdan ([email protected])Leading teacher

Murasiewicz Halina ([email protected])Other teachers



C-1The student will be able to:1. Develop the process models based on conservation principles.2. Use Aspen Plus to model chemical engineering processes.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Selected process simulation in Aspen Plus. 30

T-W-1Introduction to chemical engineering process simulation. Introduction to the Aspen Plus interface.Simulation file creation. Basic process options and simulation tools in Aspen Plus. Selecting physicalproperty models. The data regression system. Unit operation models. Reaction and reactors.Separation columns. Processes with recycle. Sensitivity analysis. Optimization.

30


Solving computational problems 30A-L-2


Tutorial 15A-W-2



M-2 metoda praktyczna: ćwiczenia przedmiotowe





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to develop the process models based onconservation principles.

Skills

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS SIMULATION USING ASPEN PLUS

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to use Aspen Plus to model chemicalengineering processes.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to model chemical engineeringprocesses.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Hangos K.M., Cameron L.T., Process modelling and model analysis, Academic Press, 2001

2. Dhurjati P., Shiflett M., Modeling and simulation in chemical engineering using Aspen and Matlab, CRC Press, 2014

3. Rice R.G., Do D.D., Applied mathematics and modeling for chemical engineers, Wiley, New York, 2012

4. Finlayson B.A., Introduction to chemical engineering computing, Wiley, New York, 2005

5. Schefflan R., Teach Yourself the Basics of Aspen Plus, Wiley, New York, 2011

6. Luyben W.L., Chemical Reactor Design and Control, Wiley, New York, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-15

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT










C-1

The student will be able to:1.Identify the various types of equipment used in the chemical-processing industry.2.Explain the basic elements of chemical process equipment.3.Describe the scientific principles associated with chemical process equipment.4.Describe the operation and maintenance of chemical process equipment.5.Troubleshoot typical problems associated with the operation of chemical process equipment.6.Describe the basic instruments used in the process industry.7.Identify and draw standard instrument symbols.8.Describe temperature, pressure, flow, and level-measurement techniques.9.Identify the elements of a control loop.10.Describe the various concepts associated with utility systems


T-A-1Flowsheets. Calculation of: flow of fluids, fluid transport equipment, heat transfer and heat exchangers,dryers and cooling towers, distillation and absorption columns, adsorption and ion exchange columns,cost of individual equipment.

30

T-W-1

Basic terms. Introduction to process equipment. Flowsheets. Drivers for moving equipment. Flow offluids. Fluid transport equipment. Pumps, compressors, turbines and motors. Valves: applications andtheory of operation. Tanks, piping, and vessels. Heat transfer and heat exchangers. Dryers and coolingtowers. Mixing and agitation. Boilers. Furnaces. Instruments. Process control diagrams. Utility systems.Reactor Systems. Distillation and absorption systems. Adsorption and ion exchange. Crystallizationfrom solutions and melts. Extraction. Other separation systems. Plastics Systems. Costs of individualequipment.

30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursClass participation 15A-A-1

Solving computational problems 15A-A-2


Tutorial 30A-W-2





CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-2 ocena pod koniec przedmiotuP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to Identify the various types ofequipment used in the chemical-processing industry.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to describe the operation andmaintenance of chemical process equipment.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to describe the scientific principlesassociated with chemical process equipment.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2. Walas S. M., Chemical Process Equipment, Butterworth-Heinemann, Newton, 1990

3. Cheremisinoff N. P., Handbook of Chemical Processing Equipment, Butterworth-Heinemann, Boston, 2000

4. Elizabeth T. Lieberman E. T., Norman P., Lieberman N., A Working Guide to Process Equipment, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2008

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-16

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Chemical processes in inorganic industry andenvironmental engineering





Mozia Sylwia ([email protected])Leading teacherMozia Sylwia ([email protected]), Przepiórski Jacek ([email protected]),Wróbel Rafał ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of chemistry and chemical technology


C-1Student will get theoretical knowledge on chemical processes in inorganic industry and environmental engineering,including technologies of flue gas desulfurization and NOx removal, purification of air, production of building andconstruction materials, as well as electrochemical methods of synthesis of inorganic compounds and treatment of metalsurfaces.


T-W-1

Part I:Technologies of flue gas desulfurization and NOx removal, purification of air: general informationconcerning pollution with SOx and NOx, EU regulations, sources of sulfur and formation of SOx, wetand dry methods applied for desulfurization of flue gases, modern regenerative methods, formation ofNOx during combustion of fuels, removal of NOx from flue gases including catalytic methods,preparation of pure air.

15

T-W-2Part II:Building materials. Lime, gypsum, cement, concrete, prefabricated products.Ceramics: ceramic building materials, electroceramics, metal ceramics, ceramic whiteware.Glass and glassware. Different sorts of glass, glass wool, ceramic and glass fibres, frits.

15

T-W-3

Part III:Industrial electrochemistry: electrolysis of aqueous solutions; electrolysers; factors influencingelectrolysis; electrolysis of aqueous solutions of NaCl; electrolysis of spent HCl; electrochemicaltreatment of metal surfaces – electroplating; hydroelectrometallurgy; electrochemical synthesis ofinorganic compounds

15



preparation for class test 45A-W-3


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 class test/gradeP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Chemical processes in inorganic industry and environmental engineering

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Explain fundamentals of chemical processes applied inindustry, including processes of flue gas desulfurization, NOxremoval, and purification of air, processes and methods appliedin building and construction industry and well aselectrochemical processes utilized for production of organic andinorganic compounds, in electroplating andhydroelectrometallurgy.- Describe the properties of materials and the engineeringaspects for various chemical processes applied in inorganicindustry.

T-W-3

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Analyze and propose methods of manufacturing of numerousproducts using chemical processes.- Analyze and propose methods of purification of flue gasesemitted by chemical industry.

T-W-3


C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical processes in inorganicindustry

T-W-3



2,0

3,0Student knows basics of chemical processes in inorganic industry and environmental engineering, including technologies offlue gas desulfurization and NOx removal, purification of air, production of building and construction materials, as well aselectrochemical methods of synthesis of inorganic compounds and treatment of metal surfaces.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to analyze and propose methods of manufacturing of selected products using chemical processes and

methods of purification of flue gases emitted by chemical industry3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands the needs of continuous training and development in the field of chemical industry

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ron Zevenhoven, Pia Kilpinen, Control of pollutants in flue gases and fuel gases, ISBN 951-22-5527-8 (available online)

2. Boynton R.S., Chemistry and technology of lime and limestone, John Wiley, New York 1980

3. ed. R.D. Hooton, Cement, Concrete, and Aggregates, ASTM International, West Consh., PA 2003

4. Hocking M.B., Modern Chemical Technology and Emission Control, Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1985

5. Volf M.B., Chemical approach to glass, Elsevier, Amsterdam 1984

6. Pletcher D., Walsh F. C., Industrial Electrochemistry, Springer-Verlag GmbH, 20077. Wendt H., Kreysa G., Electrochemical Engineering: Science and Technology in Chemical and Other Industries, Springer Science &Business Media, 1999

Supplementary reading1. Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 6th edition (2002)

2. Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 4th edition

3. Loewenstein K.L., The manufacturing technology of continuous glass fibres, Elsevier Scientific Publ.Co., Amsterdam 1973

4. Landau U., Electrochemistry in Industry New Directions, Springer Verlag 2013

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-17

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING










C-1

The student will be able to:1.Describe and define the rate of reaction.2.Derive the mass balance equation.3.Apply the mass balance equation to the most common types of industrial reactors.4.Write the rate law in terms of concentrations, and temperature.5.Use nonlinear regression to determine the rate law parameters.6.Apply the differential and integral methods for analysis of reactor data.7.Define a catalyst and describe its properties.8.Describe the steps in a catalytic reaction.9.Suggest a mechanism and apply the concept of a rate-limiting step to derive a rate law.


T-A-1Derivation of general mass balance equations. Reactor sizing. Stoichiometry. Conversion. The RateLaw. Analysis of rate data. Multiple reactions. Reaction mechanisms. Analysis of catalytic reactors .Three-phase reactors. Isothermal and nonisothermal reactor design. Analysis of biochemical reactors.

30

T-W-1Introduction. Fundamental concepts. The General Mass Balance Equation. Reactor sizing.Stoichiometry. Conversion. The Reaction Order. The Rate Law. Collection and analysis of rate data.Multiple reactions. Reaction mechanisms. Catalytic reactors. Three-phase reactors. Isothermal andnonisothermal reactor design. Biochemical reactors.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2






CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to:1.Describe and define the rate of reaction.2.Derive the mass balance equation.3.Write the rate law in terms of concentrations, andtemperature.4.Define a catalyst and describe its properties.5.Describe the steps in a catalytic reaction.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to:1.Apply the mass balance equation to the most common typesof industrial reactors.2.Use nonlinear regression to determine the rate lawparameters.3.Apply the differential and integral methods for analysis ofreactor data.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to suggest a mechanism and apply theconcept of a rate-limiting step to derive a rate law.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Fogler H.S., Elements of chemical reaction engineering, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 2009

2. Levenspiel O., Chemical reaction engineering, Wiley, New York, 1999

3. Luyben W.L., Chemical reactor design and control, Wiley, New York, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-18

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Chromatographic methods







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basic knowledge of organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Knowledge of theoretical and practical aspects of chromatographic methods

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Maintenance and method development in gas chromatography. Evaluation of separation efficiency. 12

T-L-2 Qualitative and quantitative analysis in gas chromatography. 24

T-L-3 Application of GC-MS method in identification of compounds. 12

T-L-4 Qualitative and quantitative analysis in HPLC method. 12

T-W-1 General theory of chromatography. Classification of chromatographic methods. Retention parameters.Resolution. Separation efficiency of column. 6

T-W-2 Identification and quantification methods in chromatography. 4

T-W-3 Gas chromatography (GC) – principles, instrumentation, carrier gas, columns and stationary phases,sampling, detectors, applications. 10

T-W-4 High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) – instrumentation, eluents, stationary phases, normaland reversed-phase chromatography, isocratic and gradient elution, detectors, applications. 6

T-W-5 Thin layer chromatography (TLC) – principles, adsorbents and plates, chambers, developmenttechniques, densitometry. 2

T-W-6 Written test (grade) 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in laboratory classes and preparation of written reports 60A-L-1

Participation in classes 30A-W-1

Studying of literature and learning 25A-W-2

Consultations 5A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture with presentation and discussion

M-2 Laboratory

M-3 Consultations



S-3 GradeP

Chromatographic methods

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-3T-L-1T-W-1 M-1

M-3WM_1-_??_W01Student will be able to classify chromatographic methods anddescribe different chromatographic separation processes.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1 S-3T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM_1-_??_W02Student will be able to describe instrumentation used inchromatography.

T-W-5

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM_1-_??_U01Student will be able to apply chromatographic methods in orderto perform qualitative and quantitative analysis of organiccompounds.

T-L-4T-W-2


C-1 S-1S-2M-2WM_1-_??_K01

Student is aware of the responsibility for the results of analyses



3,0 student is able to describe the theoretical basics of chromatographic methods

3,54,04,55,0

WM_1-_??_W02 2,03,0 student is able to describe basic instrumentation used in chromatography.

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 student is able to perform analysis with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 student submits for evaluation written reports containing verified results

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Braithwaite A., Smith F.J., Chromatographic Methods, Springer, 1996

2. McNair H.M., Miller J.M., Basic Gas Chromatography, Wiley, 2009, II edition

3. Snyder L.R., Kirkland J.L., Dolan J.W., Introduction to Modern Liquid Chromatography, Wiley, 2010

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-19

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Computational fluid dynamics







Story Anna ([email protected])Other teachers


W-2 Fluid Dynamics

W-3 Applied Mathematics


C-1

Specific objectives may be summarized as:• To understand mathematical characteristics of partial differential equations.• To understand basic properties of computational methods – accuracy, stability, consistency• To learn computational solution techniques for time integration of ordinary differential equations• To learn computational solution techniques for various types of partial differential equations• To learn how to computationally solve Euler and Navier-Stokes equations by using commercial software ANSYS FLUENT,Open Foam, MATLAB

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics in ANSYS Workbench. Graphical User Interface 1

T-L-2 Creating the geometry in ANSYS DesignModeler 5

T-L-3 Generation of mesh in ANSYS Mesher 4

T-L-4 Introduction to CFD simulations in ANSYS Fluent. Definition of materials of the object and boundaryconditions for fluid flow 2

T-L-5 Postprocessing in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-6 Analysis of a laminar flow in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-7 Applying turbulence model in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-8 Analysis of a heat transfer in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-9 Simulation of multiphase flow in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-10 Modeling of rotating elements in fluent (e.g. rotating wall, multiple reference frame, sliding mesh) 2

T-L-11 Modeling of a selected issue including creating the geometry, generating the mesh, performing thesimulations and postprocessing 6

T-W-1 Illustration of the CFD approach; CFD as an engineering analysis tool 2

T-W-2 Introduction to numerical methods for Euler and Navier-Stokes equations with emphasis on erroranalysis, consistency, accuracy and stability 6

T-W-3 Finite difference methods, finite volume and spectral element methods. Explicit vs. implicit timestepping methods 4

T-W-4 Methodology of solving CFD problems 2

T-W-5 Coupling of velocity and pressure fields 2

T-W-6 Computation of turbulent flows 4

T-W-7 Multiphase flows and their modelling 4

Computational fluid dynamics

[ logo uczelni ]

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-8 Structured and unstructured grids 1

T-W-9 Structured grid generation methods. 2

T-W-10 Unstructured grid generation methods. 2

T-W-11 Benchmarking and calibration. 1




One-on-One Teaching Consultations 30A-W-2

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 activating methods: lecture and didactic discussion

M-2 practical methods - numerical/simulation study

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 assessment of progress of the work - monthlyF

S-2 written final test/reportP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student understands mathematical characteristics of partialdifferential equations. Student understands basic properties of computationalmethods – accuracy, stability, consistencyStudent learns computational solution techniques for timeintegration of ordinary differential equationsStudent learns computational solution techniques for varioustypes of partial differential equations

T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student posseses an abillity to computationally solve Euler andNavier-Stokes equations by using commercial software ANSYSFLUENT, Open Foam, MATLABStudent posseses an abillity to analize, solve problem by usingcommercial software

T-L-7T-L-8T-L-9T-L-10T-L-11


C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6T-L-7T-L-8T-L-9T-L-10T-L-11

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student has ability independently or in group to use ofspecialized software, solving and analyzing processes of masstransfer, momentum and energy

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11



2,03,0 Student is able to formulate a simple transport task of momentum, heat and mass, design and carry out numerical

simulations of the selected system geometry in a reproductive way.3,54,04,55,0

Skills

[ logo uczelni ]







Required reading1. Hirsch, C, Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, Butterworth Heinemann, 2007

2. Pletcher, R. H., Tannehill, J. C., Anderson, D., Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, CRC Press, 2011

3. Moin, P., Fundamentals of Engineering Numerical Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2010

Supplementary reading1. Ferziger, J. H., Numerical Methods for Engineering Application, Wiley, 1998

2. Ferziger, J. H., Peric, M.,, Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, Springer, 2002

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-20

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Cosmetic formulation





Ossowicz Paula ([email protected])Leading teacher

Ossowicz Paula ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 organic chemistry

W-2 inorganic chemistry


C-1 Student has knowledge of typical group of cosmetic raw materials - their chemical structure, the most important propertiesand functions in cosmetics.

C-2 Student can recognize relationship between structure and properties and applications of raw materials.

C-3 Student can name and describe steps in the production of cosmetics.

C-4 Student can prepare different cosmetic formulations (solutions, emulsions, gels, suspensions), using the knowledge of rawmaterials and their impact on the physicochemical form of the cosmetic and its application.

C-5 Student can assess and control the quality of the cosmetic formulation.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Shampoos and liquids soaps formulation quantity analysis of the anionic surfactant. 5

T-L-2 Formulation of lotions – micellar lotion, tonic, hair lotion. 5

T-L-3 Formulation of emulsions – lotions and creams. Choice of the emulsifier. 5

T-L-4 Gels in cosmetics and personal care products. 5

T-L-5 Toilet and metallic soaps – Obtaining and characteristic. 5

T-L-6 Fats and oils in cosmetics - analysis in skin care products. 5

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hourslaboratory work 30A-L-1

literature study 25A-L-2

analysis and interpretation of the results 15A-L-3

preparation of the reports 15A-L-4

One-on-One Teaching Consultation 5A-L-5

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 laboratory

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 project workF

S-2 continuous assesmentF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Cosmetic formulation

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student will have knowledge of production of different cosmeticformulation, effect of cosmetic ingredients on application andquality of formulation

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student prepares various cosmetic formulations (solutions,emulsions, gels, suspensions) using the knowledge about rawmaterials and their impact on the physicochemical form of thecosmetic;the student is able to assess and control the quality of thecosmetic formulation;the student uses the rules and requirements set out in thecosmetics law

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student is aware of the importance of legal and health aspectsrelated to the formulation of cosmetic products and the need toexpand knowledge in this field



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. H. Mollet, A. Grubenmann, Formulation Technology. Emulsions, suspensions, solid forms, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2001

2. I. D. Morrison, S. Ross, Colloidal dispersions, Suspensions, Emulsions and Foams, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 2002

3. A. O. Barel, M. Paye, H. I. Maibach (Eds.), Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology, Informa Healthcare, 2009, third

Supplementary reading1. 2018, http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/cosmetics/cosing/

2. 2018, http://www.ifraorg.org/

3. L. D. Rhein, Surfactants in personal care products and decorative cosmetics, CRC Press Taylor&Francis Group, third, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-21

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit DRYING TECHNIQUES










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of thermodynamics of moist gas and solid.2. Explain the basic elements of drying kinetics.3. Identify the various types of drying methods.4. Demonstrate basic knowledge of applications and design of dryers.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with dryers design and modeling.


T-W-1

Moisture in gases and solids: thermodynamic of moist gas, thermodynamic of moist solids. Heat andmass transfer in drying processes. Drying kinetics. Experimental methods in drying. General principlesof dryer design. Mathematical modeling of drying processes. Drying in energy fields. Performance ofmodern industrial dryers. Miscellaneous drying problems: selection of dryer, energy aspects.Procedures for choosing of a dryer. Selection schemes. Batch dryers (e.g. Vacuum dryers, Fluid-bedbatch dryers, Tray dryers, Agitated pan dryers etc.). Continuous dryers – selection tree (e.g.Conduction dryer with inert stripping gas, e.g. plate dryer, Milling/flash drying, Band (Belt) dryer, Flashdryer, possibly with product recirculation, Convection/conduction dryer with rotating shell or agitation,e.g. disc or rotary dryer, Fluid-bed dryer, circular stirred tank rectangular, spray dryer, Miscellaneouscontinuous dryers, etc.). Processing liquids, slurries, and pastes (Spray dryers, Film drum dryers,Continuous Fluid-bed dryers/Granulators, Cylindrical scraped-surface evaporator/Crystallizer/Dryer,Agitated pan or vacuum dryers). Special drying techniques (Infrared drying, Dielectric drying, Freeze-drying, Steam drying). Qualitative comparison of Convective, Conduction, and Dielectric dryer types.Testing on Small-scale dryers. Example of dryer selection procedure.

30


Homework 2A-A-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)

DRYING TECHNIQUES

[ logo uczelni ]





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1 M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of drying techniques.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student can solve problems associated with dryers design andmodeling of drying process.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of drying techniques.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student identifies and describes various types of drying methods.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with dryers design and modeling of drying process.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of drying techniques.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. C. Strumiłło, T. Kudra, Drying: Principles, Applications and Design, Gordon and Breach Sci. Publ., New York, 1986

2. C.M. Van ’t Land, Drying in the Process Industry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2012

Supplementary reading3. B.G. Kyle, Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall PTR, New Jersey, 1999

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-22

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Electrical engineering for chemists







Other teachers


W-2 Physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the principal laws of electrical engineering

C-2 Student knows basic electrical appliances and is able to apply them properly

C-3 Student is able to build simple electric circuits and to measure electrical properties

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Electrical circuity - basics 6

T-L-2 Electrical measurement 6

T-L-3 DC network analysis 6

T-L-4 Kirchhoff’s law 6

T-L-5 Polyphase AC circuits 6

T-W-1 Basic concepts of electricity 5

T-W-2 Electrical safety 5

T-W-3 Series and parallel circuits. Kirchhoff’s law. DC network analysis. 5

T-W-4 Batteries and power systems 5

T-W-5 Magnetism and electromagnetism. Basic AC Theory 5

T-W-6 Transformers, Generators, Motors. Polyphase AC circuits 5

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursuczestnictwo w zajęciach 30A-L-1

przygotowanie sprawozdań 30A-L-2

uczestnictwo w zajęciach 30A-W-1

Analiza literatury przedmiotu 30A-W-2


M-2 Laboratory


Electrical engineering for chemists

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student knows the principal laws of electrical engineering

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student is able to build simple electric circuits and to measureelectrical properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Sarma, Mulukutla S., Introduction to Electrical Engineering, Oxford University Press, 2001

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-23

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Elements of biotechnology





Markowska-Szczupak Agata ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Principles of Biology or Microbiology


C-1

The program focuses on broadening student’s knowledge and understanding of the current technologies and proTheprogram focuses on broadening student’s knowledge and understanding of the current technologies and processes in thebiotechnology industry, including approaches being applied to further advance the discovery and design of new and highlyinnovative biotechnology products. cesses in the biotechnology industry, including approaches being applied to furtheradvance the discovery and design of new and highly innovative biotechnology products.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 What is biotechnology? Short history of biotechnology 2

T-W-2 Biotechnology vs Chemical Engineering 2

T-W-3 GMO plants and animals 6

T-W-4 Cloning (molecular and organisms) 4

T-W-5 Drugs and vaccines obtained by biotechnology processing 4

T-W-6 Gene therapy. The potential application of steam cells 6

T-W-7 Biotechnology process design 4

T-W-8 Ethical issues of biotechnology 2


Lvely discussion 25A-W-2

Literature studies 45A-W-3

A trips to biotech compani (e.g. brewery) 20A-W-4

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lectures

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 exam (written or oral)F



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Elements of biotechnology

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1


M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student will be able to provide examples of current applicationsof biotechnology and advances in the different areas likemedical, microbial, environmental, bioremediation, agricultural,plant and animal.


C-1 S-1

T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02Student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of biologicalprocesses from the molecular and cellular perspectives,perform techniques used in biotechnology and solve technicalproblems

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03Student will be able to discuss and critically interpretbiotechnology data

T-W-6T-W-8

Skills

C-1 S-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student can use various experimental techniques required forbiotechnology process and go through biotech base and genebank.

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7


C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-4

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student will able to develop ability of team's work andleaderships.

T-W-5T-W-8



2,03,0 51% correct answers in the test

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02


3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03

2,03,0 positive assessment of the student activity during lectures

3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 positive assessment of teamwork during and in the end of the course

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ratledge C., Kristiansen B.,, Basic Biotechnology, Cambridge University Press, 2006, 2

2. Evans G. M., Furlong J.C., Environmental Biotechnology : Theory and Application, Wiley, 2003

3. Altman A., Hasegawa P.M.,, Plant Biotechnology and Agriculture, Prospects for the 21st Century,, Elsevier Inc.,, 2012

4. Biotechnology and Biochemical Engineering Vol. 1 & 2, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH&Co, 2007

Supplementary reading1. Biotechnology Journals Published by Elsevier

[ logo uczelni ]

Supplementary reading2. S. Smith Hughes, Genentech: The Beginnings of Biotech, University of Chicago Press, 2011

3. R. Skloot, The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks, Broadway Books, 2011

4. M. Lynas, Seeds of Science. Why We Got It So Wrong On GMOs, loomsbury Publishing PLC, 20115. J. M. Smith, Seeds of Deception Exposing Industry and Government Lies About the Safety of the Genetically Engineered Foods You'reEating, Yes! Books, 2003

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-24

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL









C-1

The student will be able to:1. Identify the various types of air, water, and soil pollutants.2. Explain the effects of pollutants on human beings and environment.3. Describe the sources of air, water, and soil pollutants.4. Demonstrate basic knowledge of control technologies preventing air, water, and soil pollution.


T-A-1Analysis of methods used for air pollution control: absorption, adsorption, biofiltration, catalyticdestruction, particles capture. Analysis of methods used for waste water treatment: aerobic andanerobic digesters, activated sludge process. Analysis of methods used for monitoring and control ofsoil pollution.

30

T-W-1

Introduction. Basic concepts. Air Pollution. Smog in troposphere. Ozone depletion in stratosphere. AcidRain. Aerosols: deposition and nucleation. Control of air Pollution: absorption; adsorption, biofiltration,catalytic destruction. Particles capture. Water Pollution: organic, inorganic, biological. Waste WaterTreatment: aerobic and anerobic digesters, activated sludge process. Soil pollution: types of soilpollution, sources of soil pollution, effects of soil pollution. Monitoring and control of soil pollution.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to identify the various types of air,water, and soil pollutants.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to explain the effects of pollutants onhuman beings and environment.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge ofcontrol technologies preventing air, water, and soil pollution.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Peirce J.J., Vesilind P.A., Weiner R.F., Environmental Pollution and Control, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1997

2. Flagan R.C.,, Fundamentals of air pollution engineering, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1988

3. Hill M.K., Understanding Environmental Pollution. A Primer, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2004

4. Mirsal I.A., Soil Pollution: Origin, Monitoring and Remediation, Springer, Berlin, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-25

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit FUNDAMENTAL OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY


Administering faculty Department of Organic and Physical Chemistry





Lubkowski Krzysztof ([email protected])Leading teacherSawicka Marta ([email protected]), Wróblewska Elwira([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basis of inorganic and organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Understanding of real fenomena in physical chemistry. Ability of prediction of physicochemical properties of materials.


T-A-1 Physicochemical calculations related to thermodynamics, thermochemistry and solutions and phaseequilibria 15

T-L-1 Laboratory units related to physicochemical properties of materials, thermodynamics,thermochemmistry, solutions and phase equilibria 45

T-W-1

Charakterystyka poszczególnych stanów skupienia, równanie Clapeyrona, van der Waalsa, kinetycznateoria gazówTermodynamika fenomenologicznarównanie Gibbsa-Helmholtza, procesy odwracalne i nieodwracalne, samorzutność procesów,termochemia, ciepło reakcji, prawo Hessa, pojemność cieplna, prawo Kirchoffa,Równowagi fazoweReguay faz Gibbsa, reguła dźwigni, równanie Claussiusa-Clapeyrona,Roztworyklasyfikacja roztworów, równanie Raoulta, Henry`ego, termodynamika mieszania, aktywność, funkcjemieszania, eks-cesu, równanie Gibbsa-Duhema.Statyka chemiczna

15

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursThe participation in the classes 15A-A-1

Individuala preparation of the student for the classes 15A-A-2

Participation in the laboratory units 45A-L-1

Individual preparation of students for the laboratory units 10A-L-2

Preparation of laboratory report 5A-L-3

The participation in the lectures 15A-W-1

Individual studies of the subject 10A-W-2

the individual preparation of student 5A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lectures with discussion

M-2 Classes

M-3 Laboratory units

FUNDAMENTAL OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 written exam and/or oral discussionP

S-2 assessment of laboratory reportF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2

T-W-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01student knows the phenomena of physical chemistry

Skills

C-1 S-2T-A-1T-L-1 M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01student is able to plan and carry out the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results

T-W-1


C-1 S-1T-A-1 M-1

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve the problem related to physical chemistry

T-L-1



2,03,0 student knows the fundamentals of phenomena of physical chemistry

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to carry out simple experiment with the interpretation of the results

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to choose appropriate method for solving simple problem associated with physical chemistry

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Sun, Siao F., Physical chemistry of macromolecules : basic principles and issues, Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, 20042. Uziel Zbigniew, Żak Jerzy, asic calculations in physical chemistry. Pt. 1, . The properties of gases, thermodynamics, chemicalequilibrium, Gliwice : Silesian University of Technology, 20043. Raff, Lionel M, Principles of physical chemistry, Upper Saddle River : Prentice Hall, 2001

Supplementary reading1. Hobza Pavel, Zahradnik Rudolf, Intermolecular complexes : the role of van der Waals systems in physical chemistry and in thebiodisciplines, Prague : Academia., 19882. E. V. Kiseleva, G. S. Karetnikov, I. V. Kudrjasov, Problems and exercises in physical chemistry, Moskva : Izdatel´stvo "Mir"., 1987

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-26

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Fundamentals of optimization techniques inengineering







Ambrożek Bogdan ([email protected])Other teachers




C-1

Student after successful completion of course is excepted to have:• Knowledge of basic optimization techniques.• Ability to formulate decision problems as optimization problems.• Ability to solve simple problems, select appropriate method and to use the right software to solve complicatedproblems.


T-A-1 Students will solve individual problems during the classes. The typical probles are similar to these:Golden-section search 5

T-A-2 Newton's Method. Grid search method 5

T-A-3 Relaxation (approximation) 5

T-A-4 Gradients method 5

T-A-5 Lagrange multiplier methods 5

T-A-6 Simplex Method 5

T-W-1 Introduction to the optimization problems. Fundamental definitions: goal function, optimizationvariables, requirements and conditions of the unique optimal solution 2

T-W-2 Fundamentals of mathematical modelling 2

T-W-3 Fundamentals of the non-gradient optimization methods 2

T-W-4 Unconstrained Optimization - introduction, definition and examples 2

T-W-5 Direct search methods: golden section and Fibonacci techniques, Newton’s method 2

T-W-6 Discrete Optimization problems 2

T-W-7 Introduction to genetic algorithms 2

T-W-8 Optimization methods for constrained optimization problems: Lagrange and penalty function methods 4

T-W-9 Optimization methods: Pareto compromise approach. 2

T-W-10 Fundamentals of the linear programming: graphic method. 2

T-W-11 Simplex method for linear optimization problems. 2

T-W-12 Fundamentals of dynamic optimization 2

T-W-13 Fundamentals of robust optimization:Local robustness, Global robustness, Stability radius 4


Fundamentals of optimization techniques in engineering

[ logo uczelni ]

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursOne-on-One Teaching Consultations 30A-A-2




M-2 practical methods - tutorials


S-2 written final report/testP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student has theoretical knowledge of the theory and methods ofoptimization which allows the analysis and modeling of data andprocesses

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student knows chosen methods and software tools fordeterministic and non-deterministic optimization and knows howto use them in solving optimization problems in engineeringfield.Student knows how to formulate optimization problems and howto select a proper optimization method.

T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6


C-1 S-1S-2

T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student can solve simple task independently or in a group

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13



2,03,0 Student is able to list and explain methods used in optimization techniques

and select appropriate methods for calculation problems3,54,04,55,0







[ logo uczelni ]

Required reading1. Belegundu A. and T. Chandrupatla, Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1999

2. Gen, M. and R. Cheng, Genetic Algorithms and Engineering Optimization, Wiley, 2000

3. Edgar, T.F., Himmelblau, D.M., L.S. Lasdon, Optimization of Chemical Processes, McGraw Hill, 2011

Supplementary reading1. Fletcher R., Practical Methods of Optimization, John Wiley, 1980

2. Luenberger, David G., Ye, Yinyu, Linear and Nonlinear Programming, Springer, 2008

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-27

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit FUNDAMENTALS OF RESERVOIR FLUID BEHAVIOR ANDITS PROPERTIES










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of reservoir fluids and their properties.2. Identify the various types of methods in fluid properties estimation.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical calculation problems associated with analysis of reservoir fluids.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Solving problems presented during lectures using a computer. 30

T-W-1

Fundamentals of reservoir fluid behavior: classification of reservoir and reservoir fluids, pressure-temperature diagram, oil reservoir, gas reservoir, undefined petroleum fractions. Reservoir-fluidproperties: properties of natural gases, behavior of ideal gases, behavior of real gases, effect of non-hydrocarbon components on the Z-factor, non-hydrocarbon adjustment methods, correction for high-molecular-weight gases, gas formation volume factor, properties of crude oil systems, crude oil gravity,specific gravity of the solution gas, gas solubility, bubble-point pressure, oil formation volume factor,crude oil density, crude oil viscosity. Laboratory analysis of reservoir fluids.

30


Written test 2A-L-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Computer laboratory

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: written testF

S-2 Computer laboratory: practice testF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

FUNDAMENTALS OF RESERVOIR FLUID BEHAVIOR AND ITS PROPERTIES

[ logo uczelni ]

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of reservoir fluids and theirproperties.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-W-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student can solve calculation problems associated with analysisof reservoir fluids.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of petroleum reservoir engineering.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of reservoir fluids and their properties.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic calculation problems associated with analysis of reservoir fluids.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of petroleum reservoir

engineering.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. T. Ahmed, Reservoir engineering, Gulf Professional Publishing (Butterworth-Heinemann), Boston, 2001, 2nd ed.

2. B.G. Kyle, Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall PTR, New Jersey, 1999

3. B.E. Poling, J.M. Prausnitz, J.P. O’Connel, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2001

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-28

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Gas cleaning methods and technologies




seminars 1W, 2S 15 2,0 0,50 creditsS


Przepiórski Jacek ([email protected])Leading teacher

Przepiórski Jacek ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basics of chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 to posses knowldege on the practicall methods and technologies used to clean gases from various sources


T-S-1 Seminars on topics from the lecture: SOx and NOX elimination from flue gases, methods of other gasesarresting from industrial fluxes 15

T-W-1 Processes releasing harmful gases, sources of sulfur and nitrogen in fuels, generation of SO2 uponcombustion of fuels. 2

T-W-2 Industrial methods for SO2 removal from flue gases (DeSOx). 5

T-W-3 Formation of nitrogen oxides upon combustion of fuels, technologies for NOx removal (DeNOx) fromflue gases. 5

T-W-4 Other methods and technologies for gas purification. 3

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursAttending the seminar 15A-S-1

Searching literature and studying specific topis 35A-S-2

Preparing presentations 9A-S-3

Attending lecture 15A-W-1

Literature searching and studying 37A-W-2

consultations 8A-W-3


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Oral exam, continuous assessmentF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01You will know and understand some chemical processes,particalurarly related to releasing of hazardous gases. You willknow porocesses used to clean the gases before releasing to theatmosphere.

Gas cleaning methods and technologies

[ logo uczelni ]

Skills




2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Skills


Required reading1. Zevenhoven, R., Kilpinen, P., CONTROL OF POLLUTANTS IN FLUE GASES AND FUEL GASES, 2011,http://users.abo.fi/rzevenho/gasbook.html

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-29

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Gas flow simulation in pipeline network





Szoplik Jolanta ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Chemical Engineering Fundamentals


C-1 The aim of course is to analyze the impact of changing selected parameters on the hydrodynamics of gas flow in pipelinenetwork


T-L-1

The simulation of gas flow in selected part of gas network with different structures of pipelines ordifferent overpressure of gas stream.On the basis of simulation calculations performed in GasNet software, the size of minimum andmaximum overpressure of gas stream feeding the low pressure pipeline network will be selectedempirically depending on pipelines inclination in the network and for different volumetric gas streamwith different heat of combustion values.

60

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursobligatory attendence the practice 60A-L-1

Report preparation 60A-L-2

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Modeling, simulation, examples of solving problems

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 written reportP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1

T-L-1

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student has the knowledge of the simulation basic parameterscharacterizing gas flow in the pipeline network and is able toestimate the influence of the changing some parameters on gasoverpressure in network and gas velocity in pipeline.

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-L-1

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student has the skill of the simulation basic parameterscharacterizing gas flow in the pipeline network and is able toestimate the influence of the changing some parameters on gasoverpressure in network and gas velocity in pipeline.


C-1 S-1T-L-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01The student understands the need to learn constantly of newmethods and techniques to solve engineering problems

Gas flow simulation in pipeline network

[ logo uczelni ]



2,03,0 Student has the knowledge of the simulation basic parameters characterizing gas flow in the pipeline network on basic level.

3,54,04,55,0


2,0

3,0Student has the skill of the simulation basic parameters characterizing gas flow in the pipeline network and is able toestimate the influence of the changing some parameters on gas overpressure in network and gas velocity in pipeline onbasic level.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands the need to learn constantly of new methods and techniques to solve engineering problems on basic

level.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Osiadacz A.J., Simulation and analysis of gas network, E&FN Spon., London, 19872. Kralik J., Stiegler P., Vostry Z., Zavorka J., Dynamic modeling of large-scale networks with application to gas distribution, Elsevier,Amsterdam, 1988

Supplementary reading1. Szoplik J., The gas transportation in a pipeline network. in "Advances in natural gas technology", InTech, 2012, ISBN 978-953-51-0507-7, pp.339-3582. Szoplik J., Changes in gas flow in the pipeline depending on the network foundation in the area., Elsevier, 2017, Journal of Natural GasScience and Engineering, 2017, 43, 1-12.3. Szoplik J., Improving the natural gas transporting based on steady state simulation results., Elsevier, 2016, Energy, 2016, 109, 105-116.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-30

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Heat transfer








W-2 Physics

W-3 Mathematics


C-1

The student will be able to:1.Identify the different modes of heat transfer.2.Formulate basic equation for heat transfer problems.3.Solve differential and algebraic equations associated with heat transfer using analytical and numerical methods.4.Apply heat transfer principles to design heat exchanger.5.Apply Aspen Plus to design of heat exchanger.


T-A-1Heat conduction. Convective heat transfer: laminar and turbulent. Simultaneous heat and masstransfer. Boiling. Condensation. Radiation. Heat exchanger calculations. Using Aspen to design of heatexchanger.

15

T-W-1Introduction. Heat conduction. Convective heat transfer: laminar and turbulent. Simultaneous heat andmass transfer. Boiling. Condensation. Radiation. Heat exchanger: type of equipment. Heat exchangercalculations. Using Aspen to design of heat exchanger.

30




Tutorial 15A-W-2


Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Metoda podająca: wykład

M-2 Metoda praktyczna: ćwiczenia przedmiotowe





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

HEAT TRANSFER

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to:1.Identify the different modes of heat transfer.2.Formulate basic equation for heat transfer problems.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to:1.Solve differential and algebraic equations associated with heattransfer using analytical and numerical methods.2.Apply Aspen Plus to design of heat exchanger.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to apply heat transfer principles todesign heat exchanger.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Incropera F.P., Lavine A.S., DeWitt D.P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Wiley, New York, 2011

2. Rathore M.M., Kapuno R.R., Engineering Heat Transfer, Jones & Bartlett Learning, Sudbury, 2011

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-31

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Heterogeneous catalysis in industry








Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Inorganic chemistry

W-2 Organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the principles of heterogeneous catalysis

C-2 Student knows the fundamental structure and composition of catalysts as well as the processes leading to the preparationof industrial catalysts

C-3 Student knows the most important industrial processes where heterogeneous catalysis play the major role

C-4 Student is able to prepare samples of catalysts and evaluate their properties

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Chemical kinetics in catalysis - basic equations 5

T-A-2 Mass and energy in catalytic processes 5

T-A-3 Modeling of industrial catalytic processes 5

T-L-1 Ammonia decomposition over iron catalyst 5

T-L-2 High pressure ammonia synthesis 5

T-L-3 Catalytic nanotubes formation 5

T-W-1 Catalyst and catalysis in heterogeneous systems 10

T-W-2 Catalyst preparation, deactivation, regeneration 6

T-W-3 The experimental methods for catalysts’ examination 4

T-W-4 Industrial catalytic processes in inorganic, organic and polymer industries 10

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursuczestnictwo w zajęciach 15A-A-1

analiza literatury 15A-A-2

uczestnictwo w zajęciach 15A-L-1

Przygotowanie sprawozdań 15A-L-2



przygotowanie referatów 15A-W-3

Teaching methods / tools

Heterogeneous catalysis in industry

[ logo uczelni ]


M-2 Cases




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student knows the principles of heterogeneous catalysis

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student is able to prepare samples of catalysts and evaluatetheir properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Ross, Julian, Heterogeneous CatalysisCatalysis - Fundamentals and Applications, Elsevier, 2012

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-32

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Industrial automation and process control forchemists







Other teachers


W-2 Physics


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Let to know the principles of automation and process control

C-2 Let to know standard automation equipement

C-3 Learn how to choose and apply the proper automation solution

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Electronic data acquisition and control 10

T-L-2 Temperature control in chemical process 10

T-L-3 Pressure and flow control for gases and liquids 10

T-W-1 The principles of automation and process controll 5

T-W-2 Automation equipement 5

T-W-3 Design and application of automation in chemical engineering 5




Analiza literatury przedmiotu (Literature survay) 25A-W-2


M-2 Case analysis

M-3 Laboratory


S-2 Activity assesementF

Industrial automation and process control for chemists

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student knows the principles of regulation and automation

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student is able to chose a basic process control equipment andset proper parameters of its work




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Chaudhuri, Uttam Ray; Chaudhuri, Utpal Ray, Fundamentals of Automatic Process Control, Taylor & Francis, 2013

Supplementary reading1. Patrick, Dale R.; Fardo, Stephen W., Industrial Process Control Systems (2nd Edition), Fairmont Press, Inc., 2009

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-33

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Instrumental analysis







Wróblewska Elwira ([email protected])Leading teacherSawicka Marta ([email protected]), Wróblewska Elwira([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basis of physical chemistry, organic chemistry, general chemistry, analytical methods.

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Theoretical and practical learning about instrumental methods applied in quantitative and qualitative analysis;

C-2 Theoretical studies about the phenomena used in the particular method as well as practical interpretation of the resultsgiven.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 The ways of preparing of the solution with a given concentration. 2

T-A-2 The ways of expression of the content od some components of the solution. 2

T-A-3 Units usually used in absorption spectra. 1

T-A-4 The application of Lambert-Beer's low in quantitative analysis of single and multicomponent mixtures. 4

T-A-5 Calibration curve and their application in quantitative analysis. 1

T-A-6 The characteristic of the analytical method (limit of detection, method sensitivity and precision). 1

T-A-7 The use of NMR spectroscopy in qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic compounds. 2

T-A-8 The use of some information which are read off from chromatogram into qualitative and quantitativeanalysis of organic compounds 2

T-L-1 Measurements of UV-vis spectra and their application in the studies of solute-solvent intermolecularinteraction , as well as in quantitative analysis. 10

T-L-2 The interpretation of HNMR spectra as a key to the determination of the structure of organiccompounds. 10

T-L-3 The application of IR method in qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic compounds. 10

T-L-4 The application of chromatographic method in qualitative and quantitative analysis of multicomponentmixtures. 10

T-L-5 The determination of some metals with the use of ASA method. 5

T-W-1 The fundamental definitions concerning analytical process, the kind of analytical method with respectto instrumental method analysis. 1

T-W-2 Classification of the methods of instrumental analysis, particularly spectroscopic and chromatographicones. 1

T-W-3 Explanation of wave-particle duality of electromagnetic radiation and influence of itsabsorption/emission by atom or molecule on their properties. 1

T-W-4

Theoretical studies of phenomena proceeding in the molecule/atom under the irradiation and theirapplication in particular methods i.e. ultraviolet-visual spectroscopy (UV-VIS), infrared spectroscopy(IR), nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), mass spectroscopy (MS), atomic absorptionspectroscopy (AAS), X-ray absorption, atomic emission spectroscopy (AES), flame photometry,inductively coupled plasma spectrometry (ICP), X-ray fluorescence (XRF), atomic fluorescence.

9

Instrumental analysis

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-5 Explanation of phenomena, concepts, and definitions used in chromatographic methods. The ways ofseparation of a mixture components. 3

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursThe participation in the classes. 15A-A-1

The individual preparation of student for the classes. 15A-A-2

The participation in the laboratory. 45A-L-1

The individual preparation of student for the laboratory. 10A-L-2

The preparation of laboratory report. 5A-L-3

The participation in the lectures with the possibility of the discussion. 15A-W-1

Individual studies of the subject - reading of the recomended literature. 10A-W-2

The individual preparation of student for the exam. 5A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 The lectures with the discussion.

M-2 Classes

M-3 Laboratory

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Written exam and/or oral discussion.P

S-2 Assessment of laboratory written report.F

S-3 Assessment of homework assignments.F

S-4 Evaluation of the student’s work based on the student activity during the course.F



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1WM_1-_null_W01Student knows the phenomena applied in the instrumentalanalysis.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM_1-_null_W02He has a knowledge about the fundamentals of the selectedspectroscopic and chromatographic methods.

T-W-5

Skills

C-1C-2

S-2S-3S-4


M-2M-3

WM_1-_??_U01Student is able to plan and carry out the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results.

T-A-8T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5


C-1 S-4T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4

M-1M-3

WM_1-_??_K01Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve particular problem concerning qualitative and/orquantitative analysis

T-L-5T-W-4T-W-5


KnowledgeWM_1-_null_W01 2,0

3,0 Student knows the fundamentals of phenomena applied in the instrumental analysis.

3,54,04,55,0

WM_1-_null_W02 2,03,0 He has a knowledge about the fundamentals of a few methods of instrumental inanalysis.

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


3,0 Student is able to carry out the experiment with the simple interpretation of obtained results.

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order to solve the problem concerning quantitative analysis.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. J. M. Hollas, Modern spectroscopy, John Wiley, 2004

2. L.D. Field, S. Sternhall, J.R. Kalman, Organic structures from spectra, 3rd ed., Chichester, John Wiley and Son, 2002

3. J.R. Chapman, Practical Organic Mass Spectrometry, 2nd ed., Chichester, John Wiley and Son, 1993

4. Ira N. Levin, Molecular spectroscopy, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1975

5. C. N. R. Rao, Ultra-violet and visible spectroscopy: chemical applications, 3rd ed., Butterworths, London, 1975

6. ed. D. A. Ramsay, Spectroscopy, University Park Press, London: Butterworths; Baltimore, 1976

7. Stefan Hüfner, Photoelectron spectroscopy: principles and applications, 2nd ed., Springer, Berlin, 1996

Supplementary reading1. Ch. Reichardt, Solvents and solvent effects in organic chemistry, 2nd rev. and enl. ed., Weinheim, VCH, 1990

2. Pradip K. Ghosh, Introduction to photoelectron spectroscopy, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1983

3. M. Slavin, Atomic absorption spectroscopy, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1978

4. J. Mika, T. Török, Analytical emission spectroscopy : fundamentals, Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 19735. Yoshito Takeuchi and Alan P. Marchand, Applications of NMR spectroscopy to problems in stereochemistry and conformationalanalysis, Verlag Chemie International, Deerfield Beach, Florida, 1986

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-34

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Instrumental analysis in chemical engineering


Administering faculty Department of Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry




Tabero Piotr ([email protected])Leading teacherBłońska-Tabero Anna ([email protected]), Bosacka Monika([email protected]), Dąbrowska Grażyna ([email protected]), FilipekElżbieta ([email protected]), Tabero Piotr ([email protected]), TomaszewiczElżbieta ([email protected])

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of mathematics, physics and chemistry


C-1 To acqaint students with the selected instrumental methods frequently applied in industry and laboratories foridentification of raw materials and products as well as for determination of their crucial properties.

C-2 To teach students how to choose proper analytical method to obtain certain research goal.

C-3 To teach students how to use data gained from measurements, available data bases and literature


T-A-1 Sieve analysis. Standards. Sieving with test sieves. Microscopic determination of size and shape ofgrains. Microscopic inspection of quality of test sieves. Metallographic inspection of alloys. 4

T-A-2Definition of crystalline solid. Morphology of crystals. Analysis and description of crystal, single crystal,twinns, policrystalline substance, amorphous substance, gravel, sand, silt, mineral and rock. Powder X-ray diffraction. X-ray phase analysis. Identification of metals and alloys. Identyfication of minerals, andcomponents of rocks and sands from different locations.

4

T-A-3 Indexation of powder diffraction patterns. Determination of lattice parameters. Measurement of densityusing pycnometric and buoyancy methods. Rentgenographic density. 4

T-A-4 XRD quantitative phase analysis. Determination of grain size and lattice distortions. 4

T-A-5 High-temperature XRD measurements. Determination of coefficients of thermal expansion.Anisotrophy of thermal expansion. Investigations of polymorphic phase transitions. 2

T-A-6Thermal analysis. Identyfication and characterization of raw materials and products of chemicalindustry by using DTA-TGA methods. Determination of coefficients of thermal expansion by usingdilatometric method. Determiantion of thermal stability of substances and sorption properties ofmolecular sieves.

4

T-A-7Application of IR, NIR and UV-Vis methods for identification of substances and coordination polyhedrabuilding of their structures. Detection of small amounts of contaminants and ions with the help of UV-Vis and AAS.

4

T-A-8Identification and determination of properties of precious metals and precious stones by using XRD,IR, NIR, UV-Vis and density measurements. Identification of counterfeit coins and simulants of preciousstones.

4

T-W-1 What are the instrumental analytical methods ? Classification of analytical methods.Choosing ananalytical method. 2

T-W-2 Physical properties of substances. Measurements of density of solids and liquids. 2

T-W-3 Optical microscopy versus electron microscopy. Microscope solutions for metallography. 2

T-W-4 Crystal, single crystal, gravel, sand, silt. Grain size and shape measurement methods. Sieve analysis. 2

T-W-5 X-rays and their properties. X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy XRF . 2

T-W-6 X-ray diffraction XRD and powder X-ray diffraction. X-ray qualitative phase analysis. 2

Instrumental analysis in chemical engineering

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-7 Indexation of powder diffraction patterns and determination of lattice parameters. Diffractometricmethod of grain size and lattice distortion determination. 2

T-W-8 High-temperature, low-temperature and high-pressure rentgenographic measurements. Investigationsof thermal expansion . 2

T-W-9 Rengenographic investigations of metals and alloys, solid solutions, nanocrystaline, semicrystalline andamorphous materials. 2

T-W-10 Thermal analyasis. DTA, TGA and DSC methods. 2

T-W-11 Dilatometric measurements of thermal expansion. Determination of thermal stability of substancesand sorption properties of molecular sieves. 2

T-W-12 IR and NIR spectroscopic methods. Thermography. 2

T-W-13 UV-Vis spectroscopy. IR, UV-Vis-NIR methods for identification of substances and detection of smallamounts of contaminants. 2

T-W-14 Atomic absorption spectrposcopy AAS. 2

T-W-15 The final written exam. 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation inworkshop 30A-A-1

Participation in consultations 2A-A-2

Self-study of literature 16A-A-3

Preparation of written reports 12A-A-4


Participation in consultations 2A-W-2

Self-study of literature 14A-W-3

Preparing to pass wrriten exam based on the indicated literature and other sources of knowledge 14A-W-4

Finnal written exam 2A-W-5

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Informative lecture with multimedia instruments, explanation

M-2 Work with computers and and dedicated software.

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Final written examF

S-2 Written reports.F



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student knows physical properties of substances andterminology associated with analytical methods.WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02Student knows construction and operation techniques ofequipment used for identification of substances anddetermination of their properties

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student can choose proper research method to obtain a certainresearch goalWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02Student knows how to explain the data obtained and thephenomena exhibited in the materials analysis, knows how todesign studies and elaborate results

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student knows safety procedures for analytical equipment andunderstands importance of permanent learning to improvepersonal competencies

[ logo uczelni ]



2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. C. Giacovazzo, H. Z. Monaco, D. Biterbo, F. Scordari, G. Gilli, G. Zanotti, M. Catt, Fundamentals of Crystallography, IUCR, OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 20002. B. D. Cullity, Elements of X-ray Diffraction, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., London, 1978

3. A. Gaunier, X-ray Diffraction in Crystals, Imperfect Crystals, and Amorphous Bodies, Courier Corporation, New York, 19944. A. AUTHIER, G. CHAPUIS, EDS, A LITTLE DICTIONARY OF CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, INTERNATIONAL UNION OF CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, 2017,2ND EDITION5. D. A. Skoog, F. J. Holler, S. R. Crouch, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, Brooks Cole, 2006, 6-th Edition

6. S. Petrozz, Practical Instrumental Analysis: Methods, Quality Assurance and Laboratory Management, Wiley, 2012

7. M. Granger, Instrumental Analysis, Revised Edition, Revised Updated Edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2013

8. J. Śestak, Heat, Thermal Analysis and Society, Nukleus HK, Hradec Kralove, 2004

9. P. Gabbott Ed., Principles and Applications of Thermal Analysis, Wiley, 2008

10. S. Franca, L. M. L. Nollet, Spectroscopic methods In Food Analysis, CRC Press, 2018

Supplementary reading1. International Union of Crystallography: https://www.iucr.org

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-35

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Instrumental analysis of nanomaterials







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Physics

W-2 Physical chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the most important analytical methos used for nanomaterials

C-2 Student is able to choose a proper group of analytical methods to assess given set of properties

C-3 Student knows how to prepare samples for analytical methods and is able to carry out simple analysis

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Instrumental methods of chemical composition analysis 15

T-L-2 X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy and Auger Electron Spectroscopy 15

T-L-3 Thermogravimetry 5

T-L-4 Temperature Programmed Desorption, Reduction and Surface Reaction. 10

T-L-5 X-Ray Diffraction 10

T-L-6 Scanning Electron Microscopy and Transmission Electron Microscopy 5

T-W-1 Instrumental methods of chemical composition analysis 15

T-W-2 Chemical analysis of the surface structures and properties 10

T-W-3 Adsorption/desorption methods and temperature programmed techniques 5

T-W-4 Analysis of phase composition, structure and topography 15





M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Instrumental analysis of nanomaterials

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student knows the most important analytical methods utilizedfor testing nanomaterials

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student is able to chose a proper group of analytical methods toassess given set of properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. John A. Dean, Analytical Chemistry Handbook, McGraw-Hill Companies, 2000

2. Helmut Günzler, Alex Williams, Handbook of Analytical Techniques, Wiley-VCH, 2001

3. Encyclopedia of nanoscience and nanotechnology, American Scientific Publishers, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-36

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Mass transfer






Ambrożek Bogdan ([email protected])Leading teacherKiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected]), Murasiewicz Halina([email protected]), Ziętarska Katarzyna ([email protected])Other teachers


W-2 Physics

W-3 Mathematics


C-1

The student will be able to:1.Identify and understand the various mechanisms of mass transfer.2.Formulate basic equation for mass transfer problems.3.Use of experimentally derived correlations for estimating mass transfer coefficient for a variety of flow situations.4.Apply mass transfer principles to design mass transfer equipment.


T-A-1 Molecular diffusion. Convective mass transfer. Simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Mass exchangercalculations. Design of mass exchanger using Aspen. 15

T-W-1Introduction. Molecular diffusion. Convective mass transfer: laminar and turbulent. Simultaneous heatand mass transfer. Interface mass transfer. Mass exchanger: type of equipment. Mass exchangercalculations. Design of mass exchanger using Aspen.

30




Tutorial 15A-W-2




Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Ocena okresowych osiągnięć studentaF

S-2 Ocena pod koniec przedmiotuP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Mass transfer

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to identify and understand the variousmechanisms of mass transfer.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to:1.Formulate basic equation for mass transfer problems.2.Use of experimentally derived correlations for estimating masstransfer coefficient for a variety of flow situations.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to apply mass transfer principles todesign mass transfer equipment.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2. Hines A.L., Maddox R.N., Mass transfer: fundamentals and applications, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1985

3. Cussler E.L., Diffusion: mass transfer in fluid systems, Cambridge University Press, New York, 1997

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-37

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Mathematical methods in chemical engineering









C-1The student will be able to:1. Describe chemical engineering processes in mathematical form.2. Identify analytical solution to the differential equations.3. Interpret the solution to differential equations.


T-A-1Formulation of physicochemical problems. Solution of ordinary differential equations. Solution ofcoupled Simultaneous ODE. Series solution methods. The calculus of finite differences. Numericalsolution of ODEs: initial value problems and boundary value problems, weighted residuals. Laplacetransforms. Numerical solution of PDEs.

30

T-W-1

Formulation of physicochemical problems. Modelling: model building process. Model hierarchy. Modelswith many variables. Boundary conditions. Vector spaces. Matrices. Matrix algebra: row operations,direct elimination methods, iterative methods. Special functions. Ordinary differential equations. First-order equations. Solution methods for second-order nonlinear equations. Linear equations of higherorder. Coupled Simultaneous ODE. Series solution methods. Integral functions. Staged-process models.The calculus of finite differences. Approximate methods for ODE solution. Perturbation methods. Initialvalue problems. Boundary value problems: weighted residuals. Elements of complex variables. Laplacetransforms. Solution techniques for solving PDEs.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2






Mathematical methods in chemical engineering

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to describe chemical engineeringprocesses in mathematical form.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to identify analytical solution to thedifferential equations.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to interpret the solution to differentialequations.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Rice R.G., Do D.D., Applied mathematics and modeling for chemical engineers, Wiley, New York, 2012


3. Loney N.W., Applied Mathematical Methods for Chemical Engineers, CRC, Boca Raton, 2015

Supplementary reading1. Basmadjian D., The art of modeling in science and engineering, CRC, Boca Raton, 2000

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-38

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit MEMBRANE PROCESSES






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of chemistry and chemical technology/engineering.


C-1Student will get theoretical knowledge on membranes and membrane processes and their applications. The main issues tobe discussed during the lectures include (i) polymeric and ceramic membranes: properties and preparation, (ii) basics ofpressure driven, concentration driven and electrically driven techniques, and (iii) examples of applications of membranetechnology in industry and environment.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Introduction to membrane processes. Definitions. 1

T-W-2 Membranes and membrane modules: definitions, division, preparation, properties. 2

T-W-3 Pressure driven membrane techniques (microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nanofiltration, reverse osmosis) 4

T-W-4 Concentration driven membrane processes (dialysis, pervaporation, membrane distillation) 3

T-W-5 Electrically driven membrane processes (electrodialysis, electrodialysis reversal) 3

T-W-6 Membrane reactors 2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Present definisions and bascis laws related to membranes andmembrane processes.- Explain differences between membrane processes operatedunder various driving forces.- Describe industrial and environmental applications ofmembrane technology.

T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6

Skills

MEMBRANE PROCESSES

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Analyze and propose membranes for process design.- Analyze and propose membrane technology for environmentaland industrial applications.

T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6


C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of membranes and membraneprocesses.

T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6



2,0

3,0Student knows basic definitions related to membranes and membrane processes. Student presents division of membranesand membrane processes and explains differences between them. Student gives examples of application of membraneprocesses.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to analyze and propose membranes and membrane processes for a defined industrial or environmental

application.3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands the needs of continuous training and development in the field of membrane technology.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Heinrich Strathmann, Introduction to Membrane Science and Technology, John Wiley & Sons, 2011

2. Marcel Mulder, Basic Principles of Membrane Technology, Springer Science & Business Media, 2013

3. Richard W. Baker, Membrane Technology and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 20044. Norman N Li, Anthony G. Fane, W. S. Winston Ho, Takeshi Matsuura, Advanced Membrane Technology and Applications, John Wiley &Sons, 2011

Supplementary reading1. Takeshi Matsuura, Synthetic Membranes and Membrane Separation Processes, CRC Press, 1993

2. Kang Li, Ceramic Membranes for Separation and Reaction, John Wiley & Sons, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-39

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Methods of organic compounds identification






Sawicka Marta ([email protected])Leading teacherSawicka Marta ([email protected]), Wróblewska Elwira([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of physical chemistry.

W-2 Fundamentals of organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 To gain the knowledge about the methods of organic compounds identification.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 The recording and interpretation of IR spectra od various organic compounds. 10

T-L-2 The analysis of NMR spectra of organic compounds. 10

T-L-3 The analysis of MS spectra of various group of organic compounds. 5

T-L-4 The application of the chromatographic method in qualitative analysis of various compounds. 5

T-W-1 Classification of the methods of qualitative analysis of organic compounds, especially spectroscopicand chromatographic ones. 2

T-W-2 Explanation of theoretical fundamentals of the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with an atom ormolecule. 1

T-W-3Application of selected methods i.e. ultraviolet-visual spectroscopy (UV-VIS), infrared spectroscopy (IR),nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), mass spectroscopy (MS), atomic absorption inqualitative analysis of various compounds.

8

T-W-4 Explanation of phenomena, concepts, and definitions used in chromatographic methods. 1

T-W-5 Application of chromatographic methods in qualitative analysis of organic compounds. 3

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursThe participation in the laboratory. 30A-L-1







M-2 Laboratory

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Written exam and/or oral discussionP

S-2 Assessment of laboratory written reportF

Methods of organic compounds identification

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-3 Evaluation of the student’s work based on the student activity during the course.F



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1WM_1-_??_W01Student has a knowledge about the selected method of organiccompounds identyfication.

T-W-4T-W-5

Skills

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2 M-2

WM_1-_??_U01Student is able to plane and carry the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results.

T-L-3T-L-4


C-1 S-3T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4

M-1M-2

WM_1-_??_K01Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve particular problem concerning quantitative analysis.

T-W-1T-W-3T-W-5



3,0 Student has a knowledge about the fundamentals of a few method of organic compounds identyfication.

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 Student is able to carry simple experiment with the interpretation of obtained results.

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order to solve simple problem concerning quantitative analysis

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Field, L. D, Strnhell, S, Kalman, J.R., Organic structures from spectra, Chichester : John Wiley and Sons, 2002

2. Láng, L., Holly, S, Sohár, P., Absorption spectra in the infrared region., Akadémiai Kiadó,, Budapest, 1980

3. Perkampus, Heinz-Helmut., Encyclopedia of spectroscopy, Weinheim : VCH, 1995

4. Rahman, Atta-ur, One and two dimensional NMR spectroscopy, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1989

5. J.R. Chapman, Practical Organic Mass Spectrometry, 2nd ed., Chichester: John Wiley and Son, 1993

6. Sliwiok, Józef,, Chromatography in physico-chemical investigations of organic compounds, Uniwersytet Slaski,, Katowice, 1985

7. ed. F. A. A. Dallas, Thin-layer chromatography-recent advances., Chromatographic Society;, London : Plenum, New York, 1988

Supplementary reading1. Strobel, Howard A., Chemical instrumentation : a systematic approach to instrumental analysis., Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley,20112. Parker, Sybil P. Red., Spectroscopy source book, McGraw Hill, New York, 1988

3. Evans, Myron Wyn, The photon’s magnetic field : optical NMR spectroscopy, World Scientific, Singapore, 1992

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-40

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit MODELING AND SIMULATION IN CHEMICALENGINEERING








PrerequisitesW-1 Mathematics. Fundamentals of chemical engineering.


C-1The student will be able to:1. Develop of process models based on conservation laws and process data.2. Use computational techniques to solve the process models.3. Use simulation tools such as MATLAB, POLYMATH, and ASPEN PLUS.


T-A-1 Analysis of experimental results. Nonlinear parameter estimation. Development of exemplarymathematical models. Modelling and simulation of selected chemical engineering systems. 30

T-W-1Analysis of experimental results. Nonlinear parameter estimation. Dimensional analysis. Scaling.Mathematical model development. Synthesis of sub-models. Classification of models: deterministic,stochastic, lumped and distributed parameter. Modelling and simulation techniques. Populationbalance models. Microbial population. Monte Carlo methods. Nonlinear dynamics and chaos.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to develop of process models based onconservation laws and process data.

MODELING AND SIMULATION IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to use computational techniques tosolve the process models.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to use simulation tools such as MATLAB,POLYMATH, and ASPEN PLUS.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Hangos K.M., Cameron L.T., Process modelling and model analysis, Academic Press, San Diego, 2001



Supplementary reading1. Ingham J., Dunn I.J., Heinzle E., Prenosil J.E., Snape J.B., Chemical engineering dynamics, Wiley, Weinheim, 2007

2. Dobre T.G., Marcano J.G.S., Chemical engineering. Modelling, simulation and similitude, Wiley, Weinheim, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-41

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit MULTIPHASE FLOWS








PrerequisitesW-1 Introduction to physical chemistry


C-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the theory of multiphase flow and to provide the necessary theoreticalbasis for design of multiphase pipelines.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-P-1 Project of simple installation with multiphase flow 15

T-W-1 Introduction to multiphase flows (classifications of multiphase systems, review of fundamentals oftransport phenomena, vectors and tensors, equations of motion, interaction with turbulence) 3

T-W-2 Two-phase flow (definitions, flow patterns in vertical and horizontal tubes, two-phase flow models) 2

T-W-3 Distribution of particle and droplets sizes (discrete and continuous size distributions, statisticalparameters, interactions of fluids with particles, drops and bubbles) 3

T-W-4 Cavitation. Boiling and condensation. Aerosol flows. Spray system. Dry powder flows. Granular flows 3

T-W-5 Multiphase flows in pipes: flow regime maps, concentration distributions and pressure drop 2

T-W-6 Multiphase flows in agitated vessels (gas-liquid systems, solid – liquid systems, gas-solid-liquidsystems) 2

T-W-7 Equipment for multiphase flows in agitated vessels and static mixers 2

T-W-8 Fluidized beds (hydrodynamics of fluidization, flow regimes and their transitions, particulate andbubble-free fluidization, slugging fluidization, turbulent fluidization) 3

T-W-9 Particle separation systems (separation efficiency and grade efficiency, classification of particleseparation systems, flow-through type separator, gravitational collectors, centrifugal separation) 3

T-W-10 Pneumatic conveying (background, flow patterns in gas-solid systems, classification of bulk solids(Geldart classification)) 2

T-W-11Slurry flows (basic concepts of slurry flows, slurry flow regimes, homogeneous flow of non-settlingslurries (rheological models for Newtonian and non-Newtonian slurries), pressure loss through straightcircular pipe

3

T-W-12 Micro-scale flows (gas-liquid two-phase flow in micro-channels, two-phase flow patterns, mini-channels, micro-channels, effect of surface contamination, void fraction pressure drop) 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory participation in the consultations with the teacher 15A-P-1







MULTIPHASE FLOWS

[ logo uczelni ]


M-2 Projects method





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01to give a detailed knowledge about multiphase flows

T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12

Skills

C-1 S-2T-P-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01student has ability to calculate and solve different practicalproblems on multiphase flows


C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of multiphase flows

T-W-2T-W-12



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on multiphase flows included to course content

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student has abiility to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on multiphase flows

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of multiphase flows

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Brennen Ch.E., Fundamentals of Multiphase Flow, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005

2. Crowe C.T. (Ed.), Multiphase flow handbook, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2006

3. Faghri A., Zhang Y., Transport Phenomena in Multiphase Systems, Elsevier Academic, Boston, 2006

4. Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook, McGraw-Hill, New York 2007., McGraw-Hill, New York, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-42

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Nanofillers and nanocomposites






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to diferent nanomaterials and their use in various applications, includingpolymeric nanocomposites. Student will be able to define basic terms related to classification of nanomaterials, theircharacterization, and application for naocomposites preparation. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able tobroaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Synthesis and application of nanomaterials 2

T-W-2 Creation of nanostructures based on chemical reactions 2

T-W-3 Introduction to carbon nanotubes and graphene 2

T-W-4 Introduction to aluminosilicates: structure and properties 2

T-W-5 Ceria and titana nanoparticels 2

T-W-6 Dispersions of nanoparticles and their characterization 2

T-W-7 Preparation methods of polymeric nanocomposites 2

T-W-8 Synthesis of nanocomposites via in situ polymerization 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursuczestnictwo w zajęciach 15A-W-1

praca własna studenta 15A-W-2

studia literaturowe i konsultacje 30A-W-3







study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the nanofillers and nanaocomposites

Skills

Nanofillers and nanocomposites

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thenanofillers and nanocomposites

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of nanofillers and nanocomposites



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Kelsall RW, Hamley IW, Geoghegen M, Nanotechnologie, PWN, Warszawa, 2008

2. Martin CR, Nanomaterials: a membrane based synthetic approach, Science, 2008, 266, 1961-1966

3. Koo JH, Polymer nanocomposites, The McGraw-Hill Comp., New York, 2006

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-43

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Nanolayers and thin films







Other teachers



Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the structure and composition of commonly used nanolayers and thin films

C-2 Student knows most important preparation techniques used to the formation of these structures

C-3 Student knows most important analytical methods utilized for testing these structures

C-4 Student is able to prepare and test simple examples of nanolayers and thin films

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Chemical vapor deposition 5

T-L-2 Physical vapor deposition 5

T-L-3 Surface characterization: X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy 5

T-W-1 Common examples of nanolayers and thin films 5

T-W-2Preparation techniques: Vacuum evaporation, electron beam evaporation, magnetron sputtering,reactive sputtering, chemical vapor deposition, electroplating, spray-on techniques, liquid phaseepitaxy

10

T-W-3 Principles of industrial processes utilizing thin film deposition 5

T-W-4 . Applications of nanolayers and thin films in science and technology 5

T-W-5 Principal analytical techniques for nanolayers and thin films testing 5





M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Nanolayers and thin films

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student knows the structure and composition of commonly usednanolayers and thin films

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student is able to prepare and test simple examples ofnanolayers and thin films




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0



[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-44

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit NANOPARTICLES AND ENVIRONMENT





Tryba Beata ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of materials chemistry


C-1Come to know about the influence of nanotechnology and nanoparticles on the human life and environment; regulationsabout management of the nanomaterials; risk assesment of the nanoparticles effect on the human body; determination ofnanoparticles in the environment; analyses methods of nanoparticles present in different media; analysis of nnoparticles lifecycle in the environment and their risk

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Introduction to the nanoparticles and nanotechnologies 1

T-W-2 Toxicity and ecotoxicity of nanoparticles in the environment 2

T-W-3 Risk assesments of nanoparticles in the environment – analytical methods 2

T-W-4 Nanoparticles in the consumer products 1

T-W-5 Impact of nanoparticles on the human body 2

T-W-6 Nanotechnologies – benefits and risks 1

T-W-7 Risk assesment of nanoparticles in the environment – computional modelling methods QSAR(Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships) 1

T-W-8 Nanotechnology - Policy and Regulations 1

T-W-9 WHO Guidelines on Protecting Workers from PotentialRisks of Manufactured Nanomaterials 1

T-W-10 Nanotechnologies and societies in Japan, USA, Europe 1

T-W-11 Nanotechnologies and ethical issues 1

T-W-12 Summary 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in the lectures 15A-W-1

Review of the literature 30A-W-2Preparation of the presentation related to the toxicity of the selected nanoparticles to the human bodyand environment 15A-W-3


M-2 discussion

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 presentation performed by student related to the studied topicF

S-2 test/ gradeP

NANOPARTICLES AND ENVIRONMENT

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-4 M-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Participant of this course will get knowledge and wide awarnesson the presence of nanoparticles in the commercial productsand their distribution pathway to environment. This knowledgewill involve also the impact of the nanoparticles on the animalsand humans health, their toxicity and way of safety handling.

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7

C-1 S-2T-W-8

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W02The student will be informed about the present regulations inthe European Union and whole the world about handling thenanoparticles and nanoproducts.

T-W-9

Skills

C-1 S-2

T-W-2T-W-4

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01The student would be able to easy recognize products obtainedthough the nanotechnology and will be aware the risk of using itand deposition in the environment according to the estimationof whole cycle of life.

T-W-5T-W-6

C-1 S-2T-W-3

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U02The student will be able to apply the proper methods ofidentification and measurements of nanoparticles in theenvironment.


C-1 S-2

T-W-2T-W-5

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student will be aware of danger during exposition tonanoparticles and will know how to protect the human body andsurrounding environment against this danger; will be able toapply the proper protection resources in the laboratory and theplace of work.

T-W-9

C-1 S-1T-W-10

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K02Student will be aware of the ethical issues connected with usingof some nanotechnology products.

T-W-11



2,03,0 50% of the correct answers from the test; performed presentation

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W02

2,03,0 50% of the correct answers from the test

3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U02


3,54,04,55,0


[ logo uczelni ]



3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K02

2,03,0 participation in the discussion

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ecotoxicology, Springer, 2008, 17

2. G. Hunt, M. Mehta, Nanotechnology. Risk, Ethics and Law3. J. C. Miller, R. Serrato, J. M. Represas-Cardenas, G. Kundahl, The Handbook of Nanotechnology. Business, Policy, and IntellectualProperty Law

Supplementary reading1. Website of European Commission, Doc. CA/59/2008 rev.1, Follow-up to the 6th Meeting of the REACH Competent Authorities for theimplementation of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 (REACH)2. Reports on NEDO projects “Research and Development of Nanoparticle Characterization Methods” – Risk Assesment of ManufacturedNanomaterials – TiO23. S. Ma, D. Lin, The biophysicochemical interactions at the interfaces between nanoparticles and aquatic organisms: adsorption andinternalization, Environmental Science: Processes & Impacts, 2013, 15

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-45

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit NUMERICAL AND ANALITICAL METHODS WITHMATLAB










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge Matlab functions and instructions.2. Identify the various types of numerical and analytical methods of problem solution.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Matlab with Simulink.


T-W-1

Numerical modeling for engineering. Matlab fundamentals. Matrices. Roots of algebraic andtranscendental equations. Numerical integration. Numerical integration of ordinary differentialequations (ODE). Curve fitting. Optimization. Partial differential equations. Iteration method. Laplacetransforms. Solution of equations: linear equations, nonlinear equations and nonlinear equationsystems, ordinary differential equations (ODE), types of equations and boundary conditions, Matlabnumerical integrators, stiff ordinary differential equations, unsteady-state processes, nonlineardynamics. Solution of partial differential equations: first and second order equations, initial value andboundary value problems, steady-state and unsteady-state. Numerical solution method (Initial valueproblem). Approximate methods for boundary value problems: weighted residuals. Solution of theselected problems in chemical engineering: basic principles and calculations, problems of regressionand correlation of data, advanced solution methods in problem solving. Thermodynamics. Heattransfer. Mass transfer. Problems of fluid mechanics. Examples of selected problems: variation ofreaction rate with temperature, shooting method for solving two-point boundary value problems,fugacity coefficients for ammonia – experimental and predicted, optimal pipe length for draining acylindrical tank in turbulent flow, unsteady-state conduction in two dimensions, simultaneous heat andmass transfer in catalyst particles, etc.

30


Practical test 2A-L-2



Written report 2A-W-2




NUMERICAL AND ANALITICAL METHODS WITH MATLAB

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: written reportF

S-2 Computer laboratory: practical testF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of Matlab functions andinstructions and identifies various types of numerical methods.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student can solve fundamental problems associated withchemical and process engineering using Matlab.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of engineering calculations.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of Matlab functions and numerical methods.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve simple problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Matlab.

3,54,04,55,0




Required reading1. A. Gilat, V. Subramanian, Numerical methods: An introduction with applications using Matlab, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 20112. M.B. Cutlip, M. Shacham, Problem solving in chemical engineering with numerical methods, Prentice Hall International Series in thePhysical and Chemical Engineering Sciences, New Jersey, 19993. H. Moore, Matlab for engineers, Pearson Education International, New York, 2007, 2nd ed.

4. W. Bober, C-T Tsai, O. Masory, Numerical and analytical methods with Matlab, CRC Press – Taylor & Francis Group, London, 2009

5. L. Fausett, Numerical methods using Matlab, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education Ltd., London, 2007, 2nd ed.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-46-Z

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit NUMERICAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING








PrerequisitesW-1 Mathematics


C-1The student will be able to:1. Use of modern computational and numerical techniques in chemical engineering.2. Understand how the algorithms work and why numerical algorithms sometimes give unexpected results.


T-L-1Solving systems of linear algebraic equations. Solving systems of non-linear algebraic equations.Interpolation and curve fitting. Numerical differentiation. Numerical integration. Eigenvalues andeigenvectors of matrices. Solving ODEs and PDEs. Solving optimization problems.

30

T-W-1

Systems of linear algebraic equations. Systems of non-linear algebraic equations. Interpolation andcurve fitting. Numerical differentiation. Numerical integration. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors ofmatrices. Solutions of ODEs: Runge Kutta, multistep methods, Gear’s algorithm, stiffness and stabilityof algorithms. Solutions of PDEs: finite difference, finite elements, method of lines, shooting methods.Introduction to optimization.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to understand how the numericalalgorithms work

NUMERICAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to use computational techniques inchemical engineering.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to use of modern computational andnumerical techniques in chemical engineering.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Chapra S.C., Canale R.P., Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw-Hill, Boston, 1998

2. Rao S.S., Applied Numerical Methods for Engineers and Scientists, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1999


Supplementary reading1. Warnecke G., Analysis and numerics for conservation laws, Springer, Berlin, 2005

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-47

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PARTICULATE TECHNOLOGY








W-2 Physics


C-1The student will be able to:1. Understand and apply the theoretical fundamentals of particle technology in chemical engineering.2. Understand the experimental methods necessary to characterize the properties of particles and powders.3. Understand the hydrodynamics of gas-solid systems.


T-A-1Particle size analysis. Motion of solid particles in a fluid. Fluid flow through a packed bed. Filtration.Fluidization. Pneumatic transport. Separation of particles from a gas. Mixing and segregation ofparticles. Particles mechanics. Storage and flow of powders.

15

T-W-1Particle characterization. Particle size analysis. Motion of solid particles in a fluid. Multiple particlesystems. Colloids and fine particles. Fluid flow through a packed bed. Filtration. Fluidization. Pneumatictransport. Separation of particles from a gas. Mixing and segregation of particles. Particles sizereduction. Particles mechanics. Discharge of particulate bulk solids. Storage and flow of powders.

30




Tutorial 15A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

PARTICULATE TECHNOLOGY

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to understand the theoreticalfundamentals of particle technology.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to apply the particle technology inchemical engineering.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to understand the hydrodynamics ofgas-solid systems.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Rhodes M., Introduction to Particle Technology, Wiley, Chichester, 2008

2. Aste T., Tordesillas A., Di Matteo T. (Editors), Granular and complex materials, World Scientific Publishing, London, 2007

3. Particles, bubbles and drops-their motion, heat and mass transfer, World Scientific Publishing, London, 2006

Supplementary reading1. Gregory J., Particles in Water. Properties and Processes, CRC, Boca Raton, 2006

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-48

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY








PrerequisitesW-1 Basics of organic compound and biochemistry.

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student has knowledge about drug discover, sources of drugs and lead compounds, classification of drugs and drug action.

C-2 Student can synthesis different active substances (drugs).

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Synthesis of 2-3 products by standard processes in pharmaceutical chemistry. 20

T-L-2 Isolation of products from natural sources 10

T-L-3 Qualitative analysis of pharmaceutical products 15

T-W-1 A brief history of drugs: from plants extracts to DNA technology 2

T-W-2 Sources of drugs and lead compounds 3

T-W-3 Classification of drugs 4

T-W-4 Introduction to drug action 3

T-W-5 Drug Development and Production 3


analysis of the results and their interpretation 15A-L-2

preparing reports 15A-L-3



participation in clasess 15A-W-1

literature study 10A-W-2

revision for exam 15A-W-3

One-on-One Teaching Consultation 5A-W-4

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 lectures

M-2 laboratory

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 wtritten examF

S-2 written report, gradeF

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student will have knowledge about drugs, their classification,types of drugs, sources and drug action.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to obtain simple compounds withpharmaceutical activity.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student is able to indicate by-products and waste substancesarising in the production process of selected groups of drugsand their impact on the quality of drugsand the ways of theirelimination.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Gareth Thomas, Medicinal Chemistry An Introduction, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,, Chichester, England, 2007, Second Edition

2. Camille Georges Wermuth, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Elsevier, Oxford, England, 2003, Second Edition

3. Pharmaceutical Chemistry, David G. Watson, Elsevier, 2011

4. Gareth Thomas, Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,, Chichester, England, 2003

Supplementary reading1. Thomas Nogrady, Donald F. Weaver, Medicinal Chemistry A Molecular and Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York,2005, THIRD EDITION2. Ashutosh Kar, Medicinal Chemistry, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, New Delhi, 2007, Fourth Edition3. XIAO-TIAN, LIANG WEI-SHUO FANG, MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY OF BIOACTIVE NATURAL PRODUCTS, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006, NewJersey4. Donald J. Abraham, BURGER'S MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND DRUG DISCOVERY, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003, Sixth Edition

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-49

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Physical chemistry of surfaces







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Inorganic and organic chemistry


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the structure of surfaces and interfaces

C-2 Student knows fundamental laws applicable to the processes performed on the surfaces of solids

C-3 Student knows the basic experimental methods applied to evaluate the properties of solid surfaces and is able to performrespective experiments

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Analysis of macro- and microporous materials 10

T-L-2 Chemical composition of surfaces: x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy 10

T-L-3 Transmission and scanning electron microscopy 10

T-W-1 Materials of developed surface 2

T-W-2 Surfaces and interfaces 3

T-W-3 Electrical, mechanical and optical properties of surfaces 3

T-W-4 Surface phenomena. Sorption processes. Adsorption and desorption 3

T-W-5 Chemical reactions on surfaces. Solid – gas reactions 2

T-W-6 The techniques of surface science 2





M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Physical chemistry of surfaces

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student knows the structure of surfaces and interfaces

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01is able to perform respective experiments




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. G.A. Somorjai, Introduction to surface chemistry and catalysis, Wiley, 1994

2. John C. Vickerman, Ian S. Gilmore, Surface analysis: the principal techniques, Wiley, 2009

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-50

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Polymer chemistry






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to polymer chemistry. Student will be able to define basic terms related topolymer synthesis and properties, will be able to select materials for particular applications according to applicationrequirements. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able to broaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Basic definitions in polymer chemistry 2

T-W-2 Molecular masses and macromolecules architectures 2

T-W-3 Basic mechanisms of polymer reactions 2

T-W-4 Synthesis methods of polymers 2

T-W-5 Synthesis and applications of polyesters 2

T-W-6 Synthesis and properties of polyamides 2

T-W-7 Synthesis and applications of polyurethanes 2

T-W-8 Synthesis and properties of thermoplastic elastomers 1





Repetition of the lectures content for the exam 15A-W-5





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the polymer chemistry

Skills

Polymer chemistry

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thepolymer chemistry

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of polymer chemistry



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Davis JF, Polymer chemistry, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2004

2. Cheremisinoff NP, Polymer characterization, Noyes Pub., New York, 1996

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-51

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Polymers in medicine






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to polymeric materials used in medicine. Student will be able to define basicterms related to polymers used in medicine, will be able to select suitable polymers for particular applications according toapplication requirements. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able to broaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Biomaterials and basic concepts of biocompatibility 2

T-W-2 Synthetic polymers and composites for medicine 4

T-W-3 Biopolymers (natural polymers) 4

T-W-4 Biodegradable polymers for tissue engineering 4

T-W-5 Polymers for drug delivery 4

T-W-6 Non-degradable polymeric implants 4

T-W-7 Polymers for medical devices 4

T-W-8 Polymeric hydrogels 4





repetition of the lectures content to the exam 15A-W-5





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the polymers in medicine

Skills

Polymers in medicine

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thepolymers in medicine

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of polymers in medicine



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Black J, Biological performance of materials, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1999

2. Wise DL, Biomaterials and bioengineering handbook, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000

3. Ratner BD, Biomaterials science, Elsevier, New York, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-52

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Principles of biochemistry







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Organic Chemistry

W-2 Principles of Biology


C-1 To understand: basic chemical properties of molecules that make life possible, and how these properties relate to specificmacromolecular structures and functions.

C-2 An introduction to biochemical methods to analyze and evaluate the most common compound will be given.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Aminoacids and proteins 3

T-L-2 Enzymes 3

T-L-3 Carbohydrates 3

T-L-4 Lipids 3

T-L-5 DNA isolation. Electrophoresis methods. 3

T-W-1 Protein function, including enzyme catalyzed reactions 3

T-W-2 Structure and function of carbohydrates 3

T-W-3 Lipids and biological membranes 3

T-W-4 Central aspects of metabolism and metabolic control 3

T-W-5 Nucleic acids biochemistry 3

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in class 15A-L-1


Participation in class 15A-W-1



M-2 Laboratory


Principles of biochemistry

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student will understand phenomena, laws, rules, definitions andphysical quantities related to biochemistry.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02Student will know the application of biochemistry.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03Student will know aspects relating to the plant and animalmetabolism.

T-W-4T-W-5

Skills

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student will have the ability to biochemical analysis of thedifferent products

T-L-4T-L-5T-W-3

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3 M-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02Student can synthesize news, knows the methodologyof research used in biochemistry, knows the developmentof statistical methods and research results and knows howto interpret it and draw conclusions

T-L-4T-L-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U03Student can find information related to the issues ofbiochemistry

T-L-4T-L-5


C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student can work with other partners during labs

T-L-4T-L-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K02Student can work with other partners during writingreports

T-L-4T-L-5



2,03,0 51% positive answers in the test

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02


3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03


3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 active participation in the labs, positive assessment of reports

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02


3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K02


3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Murray R.K. et al, Illustrated Biochemistry (Lange Medical Book), McGraw-Hill Medical, 2009., 2009, 29

2. Berg J.M., Tymoczko J.L, Stryer L.,, Biochemistry, W H Freeman, New York, 2002, 5

Supplementary reading1. Horton R. et al,, Principles of Biochemistry, Prentice Hal, 2006, 4

2. Kalpana Sengar, Biochemistry Manual, Macmillan, 2012

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-53

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Principles of bioprocess engineering






Other teachers


W-2 Upper level English: reading and writting.

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Describe the necessary steps to develop a bioprocess

C-2 Describe the phases of growth of a microorganism

C-3 Describe the 3 primary bioreactor systems, focusing on advantages and disadvantages

C-4 Describe pros and cons of immobilization


T-W-2 Biology for engineers 6

T-W-3 Enzymes 4

T-W-4 Metabolism and growth of organisms 4

T-W-5 Bioreactors 6

T-W-6 Immobilization 2

T-W-7 Principles of separation 2

T-W-8 GMP 2









study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Describe the necessary steps to develop a bioprocess

Principles of bioprocess engineering

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02Describe the phases of growth of a microorganismWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03Describe the 3 primary bioreactor systems, focusing onadvantages and disadvantages

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Discuss pros and cons of immobilization, including practicalconsiderations




2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Shuler et al., Bioprocess Engineering: Basic Concepts, Prentice Hall

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-54

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Principles of biotechnology






Other teachers


W-2 Upper level English: reading and writting.

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Explain the concept of gene expression

C-2 Compare and contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic organisms

C-3 Describe the phases of growth of an organism

C-4 Describe the steps involved in genetic engineering of an organism

C-5 Explain the function of enzymes, including kinetic considerations

C-6 Discuss the pros and cons of GMO, including ethical considerations


T-W-2 Principles of Micro- and Cell Biology 4

T-W-3 Gene expression 4

T-W-4 Enzymes 2


T-W-6 Bioreactors 4

T-W-7 Genetic engineering 4


T-W-9 Ethical considerations 2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Principles of biotechnology

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Explain the concept of gene expressionWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02Compare and contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic organismsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03Describe the phases of growth of an organismWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W04Describe the steps involved in genetic engineering of anorganismWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W05Explain the function of enzymes, including kinetic considerations

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Discuss pros and cons of GMO, including ethical considerations




2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W04

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W05

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Ratledge & Kristiansen, Basic Biotechnology, Cambridge

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-55

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL










C-1The student will be able to:1. Analyze the transient behavior of chemical engineering processes.2. Understand the behavior of control systems.


T-A-1Formulation of mathematical models of selected chemical engineering systems. Transformationtechniques. Linearization of model equations. Process simulation in Matlab Simulink. Detailed analysisof selected processes. Control of selected processes.

30

T-W-1

Introduction. Process modeling fundamentals. Modeling for process operation. Transformationtechniques. Linearization of model equations. Operating points of a systems. Process simulation inMatlab Simulink. Frequency response analysis. The dynamic behavior of systems. Detailed analysis ofselected processes: mixing process, chemical stirred tank reactors, tubular reactors, heat exchangers,evaporators and separators, distillation columns, fermentation reactors. Black box modeling. Time-series identification. Neural networks. Fuzzy modeling. Process control and instrumentation. Behaviourof controlled processes. Control of selected processes.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to understand the behavior of controlsystems.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to now the behavior of chemicalengineering processes and understand the behavior of controlsystems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to analyze the transient behavior ofchemical engineering processes.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Roffel B., Betlem B., Process Dynamics and Control. Modeling for Control and Prediction, Wiley, Chichester, 2006

2. Ingham J., Dunn I.J., Heinzle E., Pfenosi1 J.E., Chemical Engineering Dynamics, VCH, Weinheim, 1994

3. Luyben M.L., Luyben W.L., Essentials of Process Control, MCGraw-Hill, New York, 1997

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-56

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PROCESS KINETICS










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of chemical engineering kinetics and thermodynamics.2. Identify and describe mathematically the chemical and physical processes associated with chemical and processengineering.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with process design.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Solving of problems presented on lectures with computer assistance. 30

T-W-1

Introduction to chemical engineering calculations: units and dimensions, conventions in methods ofanalysis and measurement, chemical reaction equation and stoichiometry. Basic concepts anddefinitions. Chemical engineering kinetics and thermodynamics. Conductive, convective and radiativeheat transfer. Mass transfer in gases and liquids. A study of the design of chemical engineeringsystems. Kinetics of homogeneous systems and the interpretation of kinetic data. Heterogeneoussystems. Two fluid-phase systems. Fixed bed adsorption. Fluid bed systems. The film model. Surfacerenewal models. Adsorption and chemical reaction. Introduction to chemical reaction engineering. Thedesign of single and multiple reactors for simple, simultaneous and consecutive reactions. Theinfluence of temperature, pressure and flow on chemical engineering systems.

30


Written test 2A-A-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes


S-2 Classes: testF

PROCESS KINETICS

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of chemical engineeringkinetics and thermodynamics.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1 M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student can solve problems associated with process kinetics.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of process kinetics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of chemical engineering kinetics and thermodynamics.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with process kinetics.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of process kinetics.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. R.B. Bird, W.E. Stewart, E.N. Lightfoot, Transport phenomena, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 20072. H.S. Fogler, Elements of chemical reaction engineering, Prentice Hall International Series in the Physical and Chemical EngineeringSciences, New Jersey, 2006, 4th ed.3. D.M. Himmelblau, Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering, Prentice Hall International (UK) Limited, London, 1996

4. E.I., Shaheen, Basic Practice of Chemical Engineering, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1984, 2nd ed.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-57

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PROCESS SAFETY ENGINEERING








PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of mass and energy balances

W-2 Thermodynamics


C-1

Students in this course will learn how to apply basic chemical engineering fundamentals involving energy and massbalances, fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer, thermodynamics, etc. to the analysis and design of elements ofprocesses and process equipment associated with loss prevention and safe operations involving hazardous materials and/orconditions. Techniques for process hazard analysis, risk assessment, and accident investigations are also covered.A case study approach will allow demonstrating the potential risks involved in many process operations in chemical orsimilar plants.


T-P-1 Students will analyse a case study in process safety for the selected chemical process or storage ofhazardous chemicals 30

T-W-1 Process Safety Management; Responsibility; OSHA and EPA Regulations 2

T-W-2 Properties of Toxic Materials; Industrial Hygiene 2

T-W-3 Vaporization Rates; Dilution; Ventilation; 2

T-W-4 Toxic and Flammable Release and Dispersion Modeling 4

T-W-5 Fires and Explosions; Flammability, MOC; Explosions, Detonations, Blast Damage 4

T-W-6 Fire and Explosion Protection and Prevention; Inerting and Purging; Static Electricity; Ventilation 4

T-W-7 Hazard Identification; DOW F&EI, HAZOP, Safety Reviews 4

T-W-8 Risk Assessment; Probability Theory; Event Tree; Fault Tree 4

T-W-9 Accident Investigations 4


One-on-One Teaching Consultations 30A-P-2




M-2 practical methods - case study/project


PROCESS SAFETY ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-2 written final test/reportP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2


M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student knows how to apply basic chemical engineeringfundamentals involving energy and mass balances, fluidmechanics, heat and mass transfer, thermodynamics, etc. to theanalysis and design of elements of processes and processequipment associated with loss prevention and safe operationsinvolving hazardous materials and/or conditions. Techniques forprocess hazard analysis, risk assessment, and accidentinvestigations are also covered.A case study approach will allow demonstrating the potentialrisks involved in many process operations in chemical or similarplants.


Skills

C-1 S-1

T-P-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student will have the following skills in the field of: - calculatingthe extent of danger zones in natural and turbulent dispersion. -calculation of the extent of hazard zones in the flow scattering. -determination and design of natural ventilation. - determinationof explosion hazard zones for industrial and storage facilities.


C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student will be aware of the responsibility for safety in theworkplace and in chemical industry and also will know how toeliminate risk of occurrence of potential major industrialaccident




2,03,0 Student is able to list and explain methods used in process safety engineering to estimate against occurrence potential

major industrial accident and select appropriate methods used in this field for predict potetial risk3,54,04,55,0







Required reading1. D.A. Crowl, J.A. Louvar, Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications, Prentice Hall PTR, 2002

2. R. E. Sanders, Chemical Process Safety, Elsevier, 20113. D.P. Nolan, Safety and Security Review for the Process Industries: Application of HAZOP, PHA, What-IF and SVA Reviews, Elsevier,2014

Supplementary reading1. I. Sutton, Process Risk and Reliability Management, Gulf Professional Publishing, 2014

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-58

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit QUALITY ENGINEERING







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 mathematics, statistics - basic course


C-1 The course aim is to give a general introduction to the theory and practice of quality management and to learn methodsuseful in quality control and improvement

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Calculating the probability of finding (z) scraps in the sample. 2

T-A-2 Application binomial, Poisson and normal distributions for calculating the probability of productmeeting the quality requirements 4

T-A-3 Designing various Shewhard variables control charts (charts x-R or x-s). 4

T-A-4 Designing various Shewhard attributes control charts (charts p, np, c, u). 4

T-A-5 Designing various single and double-sampling plans for attributes: normal, tightened and reducedtypes of sampling plans. 6

T-A-6 Designing various sampling plans for variables (normal, tightened and reduced); metods s and sigma. 8

T-A-7 Written test 2

T-W-1 The meaning of quality, quality improvement and quality management. Quality engineeringterminology. 1

T-W-2 Statistical methods useful in quality control and improvement. 2

T-W-3 Statistical models for quality control; Important discrete distribution (binomial distribution, Poissondistribution); Important continous distribution (normal dostribution). 2

T-W-4 Statistical process monitoring and control techniques - principles, methods and tools (Pareto chart,cause and effect diagram, scater diagram) 2

T-W-5 Statistical process control: Shewhart control chart (variables or attributes), cumulative sum controlchart. 2

T-W-6 Basic acceptance sampling peoblems. Random sampling. Types of sampling plans. 1

T-W-7 Single-sampling plans, double-sampling plans or multiple-sampling plans for attributes. 2

T-W-8 Acceptance sampling plans for variables; method s and sigma. 2

T-W-9 Written test 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance a course 28A-A-1

General analysis of the problem solved in the worshop 24A-A-2

Repetition of the workshop content to the test 6A-A-3

Written test 2A-A-4


QUALITY ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursLiterature study on the topics discussed within the frame of the lectures 25A-W-2

Repetition of the lectures content to the test 20A-W-3

Written test 1A-W-4


M-2 Examples of solving problems




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student has the knowledge about the methods and tools used tocontrol the process and product quality.


Skills

C-1 S-1T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3 M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student has the skill to choose the methods and the calculationof the parameters characterizing the quality of processproduction and final product.

T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6


C-1 S-1

T-A-3T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6T-W-1T-W-2

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the need to learn constantly of newmethods and techniques to solve engineering problems




2,03,0 Student has the knowledge about methods and tools used to control the process and product quality on basic level

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student has the skill to choose the methods and the calculation of the parameters characterizing the quality of process

production and final product on basic level.3,54,04,55,0



level.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Doty L.A., Statistical Process Control., Industrial Press Inc., New York, 1996, second edition2. Montgomery D.C., Statistical Quality Control: A Modern Introduction, John Wiley & Sons, Asia, 2009, sixth edition, InternationalStudent Version3. Montgomery D.C., Introduction to Statistical Quality Control., John Wiley & Sons, 2005, Fifth edition, International Student Version

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-59

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit RAW MATERIALS FOR THE COSMETICS PRODUCTS






Other teachers



Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student has knowledge about synthesis and isolations of organic compounds, their identifications by instruments methods

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Synthesis of cosmetic products 10


T-L-3 Identifications and properties of cosmetic compounds 10




lecture study, self-study 20A-L-4


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 written reports, gradeF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student will have knowledge on the methods of:synthesis of cosmetic products, identifying cosmetic productsand determining the biological activity of cosmetic products.WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02Student will have knowledge how to isolate cosmetic productsfrom post-reaction mixtures.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student is able to characterize the obtained products (using theknowledge). Student can determine physicochemical properties(uses knowledge).


RAW MATERIALS FOR THE COSMETICS PRODUCTS

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student can characterize other products of natural origin.Student is able to extract natural raw materials from plantmaterials.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Cannell R.J.P., Natural Products Isolation, Humana Press lnc, Totowa, 1998, 4th edition

2. Baki G., Kenneth S.A., Introduction to Cosmetic Formulation and Technology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Hoboken, 2015, 1st edition

Supplementary reading1. Gulcin I., Antioxidant Activity of Eugenol: A Structure–Activity Relationship Study, 2011, Journal of Medicinal Food, vol. 14, no. 9, pp.975 - 9852. Vanin A.B., Orlando T., Piazza S.P., Puton B.M.S., Cansian R.L., Oliveira D., Paroul N., Antimicrobial and Antioxidant Activities of CloveEssential Oil and Eugenyl Acetate Produced by Enzymatic Esterification, 2014, Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology, vol. 174, no. 4,pp. 1286–1298

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-60

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES









W-2 Thermodynamics

W-3 Heat transfer


C-1

Student is expected to be able to:• List and generally explain the main sources of energy and their primary applications in the world.• Describe the challenges and problems associated with the use of various energy sources, including fossil fuels,about future supply and the environment.• Discuss remedies/potential solutions to the supply and environmental issues associated with fossil fuels and otherenergy resources.• List and describe the primary renewable energy resources and technologies.• Describe/illustrate basic electrical concepts and system components.• Make quantity/quality comparisons among energy uses, resources, and technologies.


T-A-1 Students will analyse/calculate many examples of the application of renewable energy resources toidentify the optimal solutions. 30

T-W-1 Introduction to renewable energy sources 2

T-W-2 Energy from the physical view 2

T-W-3 Renewable energy - hydropower, wind energy, solar energy, geothermal energy and energy of biomass 10

T-W-4 Fossil fuels and nuclear energy 4

T-W-5 Transmission and energy storage 4

T-W-6 World energy balance 2

T-W-7 Environmental aspects of energy consumption 2

T-W-8 Economic aspects of energy production and consumption 2

T-W-9 Emerging technologies 2


One-on-One Teaching Consultations 30A-A-2




RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

[ logo uczelni ]

Teaching methods / toolsM-2 practical methods - tutorials





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2


M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student is expected to be able to list and generally explain themain sources of energy and their primary applications in theworld.Student is expected to be able to describe the challenges andproblems associated with the use of various energy sources,including fossil fuels, about future supply and the environment.Student is expected to be able to discuss remedies/potentialsolutions to the supply and environmental issues associatedwith fossil fuels and other energy resources.Student is expected to be able to list and describe the primaryrenewable energy resources and technologies.Student is expected to be able to describe/illustrate basicelectrical concepts and system components.Student is expected to be able to make quantity/qualitycomparisons among energy uses, resources, and technologies.


Skills

C-1 S-1

T-A-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student can ensure adequate protection of his/her ownworkplace and assess the risks during testing, measurementsand experimentsStudent is able to acquire, critically evaluate and creativelyprocess information from the scientific literature databases, andother properly chosen sources


C-1 S-1S-2

T-A-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student is able to define the social role of the graduate oftechnical university, particularly in the dissemination oftechnical culture in society and communicating in a meaningfuland attractive way information on the achievements of appliedenergetics and its effects on development of moderntechnologies, especially in the renewable energy sectorStudent is able to work as individual or in group




2,03,0 Student is able to list and define some of mathematical methods used to describe processes in energetics and to solve some

problems in technological practice3,54,04,55,0







Required reading

[ logo uczelni ]

Required reading1. B. Godfrey, Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford Univ. Press, 2004

2. J. F. Manwell, J. G. McGowan, A. L. Rogers, Wind energy explained, theory, design and application, Wiley and sons LTD, 2005

3. Taylor, F. W., Elementary climate physics, Oxford University Press, 2005

Supplementary reading1. Boyle, Godfrey, Bob Everett, and Janet Ramage, Energy Systems and Sustainability: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford UniversityPress, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-61

8,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 8,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Research project






Dzięcioł Małgorzata ([email protected])Leading teacherBartkowiak Marcin ([email protected]), Czech Zbigniew ([email protected]),Janus Ewa ([email protected]), Ossowicz Paula ([email protected]), UrbalaMagdalena ([email protected])

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of chemistry, mathematics and analytical methods

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Applying of knowledge and skills learned during studies to solving a practical research problem


T-L-1

The students accomplish the research project concerning a given subject. It consist of literaturestudies, concept of project realization, selection of used materials, performing the selected process,characteristic of obtained products, control measurements using proper methods and instruments,calculations, discussion of the results, conclusions. Description of all this aspects should be given in thewritten project report.

120

T-S-1 The students present results of literature studies, concept and progress of project realization. 15

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursLiterature studies 10A-L-1

Consultations with tutor 15A-L-2

Project realization 120A-L-3

Elaboration of experimental results 15A-L-4

Preparation of written report 20A-L-5

Literature studies and learning 15A-S-1

Participation in classes 15A-S-2

Preparation of presentation 15A-S-3

Consultations 15A-S-4


M-2 project

M-3 seminar

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 assessment of progress of the workF

S-2 presentations during seminarP

S-3 assessment of the quality of written project reportP

Research project

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM_1-_null_W01Student has an extended knowledge about the issues related tothe project.

T-S-1

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student will be able to analyze new research problems and topropose strategies to solve them.

T-S-1

C-1 S-1S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02Student will be able to elaborate and to execute researchproject under the supervision of the tutor.

T-S-1

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U03Student will be able to perform evaluation and interpretation ofdata from the literature and from the experimental work.

T-S-1

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U04Student will be able to prepare of written scientific report and toprepare oral presentation using audiovisual ways.

T-S-1


C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student is aware of the responsibility for the results of studies.

T-S-1

C-1 S-1T-L-1 M-1

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K02Student is able to work in an international team.

T-S-1



3,0 Student has a basic knowledge of the issues related to the project

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to choose the proper method of project realization with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U02

2,03,0 Student is able to execute research project with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U03

2,03,0 Student is able to data handling

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_U04

2,03,0 Student presents written and oral reports from the research project

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 Student is able to develop research results with help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K02

2,03,0 Student is able to communicate in English language

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Literature connected with the research subject, including books, articles and patents

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-62

8,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 8,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit RESEARCH PROJECT IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of Chemical Engineering

W-2 Chemical engineering reaction

W-3 Physics, mathematics

W-4 Numerical or process simulation tools: CFD, Aspen Plus, Matlab

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Learn how to conduct the case study based on literature

C-2 Learn how to present complex data or situations clearly

C-3 Learn how to review and analyze research findings that affect the process

C-4 Learn how to prepare a preliminary research design for projects in their subject matter areas

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-P-1 Literature review of the subject of a research project 15

T-P-2 Identify an appropriate research design 10

T-P-3 Conduct the appropriate research activities: measurements, numerical simulation, design orcalculation 50

T-P-4 Data analysis 25

T-P-5 Write the final research paper according to identified guidelines 10

T-P-6 Meeting with the instructor to discuss research and writing methods and to review progress on his/herresearch paper 10


Reporting results of data analysis 65A-P-2

Completing the research project 35A-P-3

Make revisions to final copy of research paper 25A-P-4

Preparing presentation 25A-P-5



Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 assessment of progress of the work - monthly written reportsF

S-2 written final project reportP

RESEARCH PROJECT IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student knows how to apply basic chemical engineeringfundamentals involving energy and mass balances, fluidmechanics, heat and mass transfer, thermodynamics, etc. to theanalysis and design processes, part of process and processequipment.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student will have the following skills in the field of:- design experiments to obtain relevant data-utilize numerical software packages to simulate transportphenomena and thermodynamics-analyze data appropriately to extract parameters of interest-characterize, quantify, and report error in results andcalculations-present technical information effectively in written and verbalform

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student knows how to individually study the problem: from itformulate to the solution and also propose possible solutions.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. McCabe W.L., Smith J.C., Harriott P., Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill, New York, 20052. Sinnott R.K., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 6: Chemical Engineering Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford,20033. Moin, P., Fundamentals of Engineering Numerical Analysis, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2010

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-63

15,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 15,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Research project on mixing of multiphase systems







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 course: Agitation and Agitated Vessels

W-2 course: Chemical Engineering Fundamentals

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The research project aims to give the material needed to prepare diploma work

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Experimental study of hydrodynamics in mechanically agitated multiphase systems 105

T-L-2 Computations of the measurements results 15

T-P-1 Literature survey on mechanically agitated multiphase systems 60

T-P-2 Analysis of the experimental results obtained in laboratory work 90

T-P-3 Preparation of the final research report 30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance the laboratory 105A-L-1

Computations of the experimental results obtained 90A-L-2

Obligatory participation in the consultations with the teacher 45A-L-3



Final analysis of the problem solved within the frame of the research project 25A-P-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Laboratory work

M-2 Projects method

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 final research projectF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-P-1T-P-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01to give the material needed to prepare diploma work on mixingof multiphase systems

T-P-3

Research project on mixing of multiphase systems

[ logo uczelni ]

Skills

C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01to provide practical knowledge within the framework of themixing of multiphase systems

T-P-2T-P-3


C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of the mixing of multiphase systems

T-P-1T-P-2



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on mixing of multiphase systems

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student has ability to solve and calculate on the basic level different practical problems on mixing of multiphase systems

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of the mixing of

multiphase systems3,54,04,55,0


2. Mixing Equipment (Impeller Type), AiChE Equipment Testing Procedure, 3rd Edition, New York, 2001, ISBN 0-8169-0836-2


4. Paul E.L., Atiemo-Obeng V.A., Kresta S.M (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial Mixing, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2004

5. Tatterson G.B., Fluid Mixing and Gas Dispersion in Agitated Tanks, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1991

Supplementary reading1. Gogate P.R., Beenackers A.A.C.M., Pandit A.B., Multiple-impeller systems with a special emphasis on bioreactors: A critical review,Biochemical Engineering Journal, 2000, 6, 109-144, DOI:10.1016/S1369-703X(00)00081-4

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-64

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit SEPARATION PROCESSES










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of separation of chemical mixtures by industrial processes, including bioprocesses.2. Describe the scientific principles associated with separation equipments.3. Demonstrate basic knowledge of making mass balances and specifying component recovery and product purity.4. Demonstrate basic knowledge of modeling and simulation of separation processes using POLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS andHYSYS.


T-A-1

Thermodynamic analysis of selected separation processes. Single equilibrium stages calculations.Flash calculations. Calculation of selected separation processes: distillation, liquid–liquid extraction,supercritical extraction, membrane separations, adsorption, ion exchange, chromatography,electrophoresis, mechanical phase separations. Modeling and simulation of separation processes usingPOLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS and HYSYS.

30

T-W-1

Introduction. Fundamental concepts. Thermodynamics of separation processes. Mass transfer anddiffusion. Single equilibrium stages calculations. Flash calculations. Cascades systems. Hybrid systems.Absorption. Stripping of dilute mixtures. Distillation. Liquid–liquid Extraction. Multicomponent,multistage separations. Supercritical extraction. Membrane separations. Adsorption. Ion exchange.Chromatography. Electrophoresis. Mechanical phase separations. Modeling and simulation ofseparation processes using POLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS and HYSYS.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2






SEPARATION PROCESSES

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge ofseparation of chemical mixtures by industrial processes,including bioprocesses.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to describe the scientific principlesassociated with separation equipments.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge ofmodeling and simulation of separation processes usingPOLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS and HYSYS.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Seader J.D., Henley E.J., Separation process principles, Wiley, New York, 20062. Seader J. D., Henley E.J., Roper D.K., Martin R.E., Separation process principles. Chemical and biochemical operations, Wiley, NewYork, 20113. Wankat P.C., Separation Process Engineering, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 20124. Noble R.D., Terry P.A., Principles of chemical separations with environmental applications, Cambridge University Press, New York,2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-65

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit SIMULATION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESSESUSING MATHAD AND MATLAB










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of Mathcad and Matlab functions and instructions.2. Identify the various types of numerical methods.

C-2Student will be able to:1. Demonstrate ability of using Mathcad and Matlab to solve basic calculation problems.2. Solve typical fundamental problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Mathcad and Matlab.


T-W-1

Solution of the selected problems in chemical engineering: basic principles and calculations, problemsof regression and correlation of data, advanced solution methods in problem solving. Thermodynamics.Heat transfer. Mass transfer. Problems of fluid mechanics. Examples of selected problems: dew pointcalculation for an ideal binary mixture, variation of reaction rate with temperature, shooting methodfor solving two-point boundary value problems, fugacity coefficients for ammonia – experimental andpredicted, optimal pipe length for draining a cylindrical tank in turbulent flow, heat transfer from atriangular fin, unsteady-state conduction in two dimensions, simultaneous heat and mass transfer incatalyst particles.

30









Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: homeworkF


SIMULATION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESSES USING MATHAD AND MATLAB

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of Mathcad and Matlabfunctions and instructions.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student can solve problems associated with chemical andprocess engineering using Mathcad and Matlab.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of engineering calculations.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of Mathcad and Matlab functions and instructions.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Mathcad and Matlab.

3,54,04,55,0




Required reading1. L. Fausett, Numerical methods using Mathcad, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education Ltd., London, 2002

2. L. Fausett, Numerical methods using Matlab, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education Ltd., London, 2007, 2nd ed.3. O.T. Hanna, O.C. Sandall, Computational methods in chemical engineering, Prentice Hall International Series in the Physical andChemical Engineering Sciences, New Jersey, 19954. M.B. Cutlip, M. Shacham, Problem solving in chemical engineering with numerical methods, Prentice Hall International Series in thePhysical and Chemical Engineering Sciences, New Jersey, 19995. H. Moore, Matlab for engineers, Pearson Education International, New York, 2007, 2nd ed.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-66

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Special methods of separation






Kiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basis of Chemical Engineering


C-1 The course aim is to give information about special techniques used to separation of substances: the principle of separation,physical basis, equipment, advantages and disadvantages of particlular method; the examples of use.

C-2 Shaping the skills of calculations in the field of special separation methods and apparatus used in these methods


T-A-1 Calculation of tasks related to processes and apparatus in the field of special separation methodsdiscussed during the lecture 28

T-A-2 written exam 2

T-W-1 Introduction to the subject. Division and general characteristics of special separation methods. 2

T-W-2 Permeation. Mechanisms for transporting the component through the membrane. Classification ofpermeation separation methods. Division of methods due to the driving force of the process. 2

T-W-3Characteristics of permeation methods: membrane separation processes: micro-, ultra- andnanofiltration, reverse osmosis, electrolysis, dialysis, electrodialysis, gas and vapour permeation,pervaporation, membrane distillation. Liquid membranes. Basis of processes. Examples of use.

5

T-W-4 Membrane separation in nuclear technology. Isotope separation. Purification of liquid radioactive wasteby ultrafiltration. Concentration of radioactive solutions by membrane distillation. 2

T-W-5 Separation in ultracentrifuges. Theoretical basis of the process. Centrifuge construction. 2

T-W-6Thermal diffusion method. Apparatus used to separate components of mixtures by thermodiffusionmethod. Construction solutions of thermal diffusion columns for separation of liquid mixtures and gasmixtures

2

T-W-7 Surface sorption methods; bubble or foam separation, flotation. Foam flotation. 2

T-W-8 Crystallization methods. Zone refining (zone melting). Additive crystallization. 2

T-W-9 Coprecipitation. 1

T-W-10 Electroforetic separation methods. Electroforetic carriers. Division of electroforetic methods. Capillaryelectrophoresis. Types of electrophoresis. Application of electromigration techniques. 2

T-W-11 Chromatografic separation method. 3

T-W-12 Chemical methods. Ion exchange. Ionites classification. 2

T-W-13 Separation methods using a magnetic field 1

T-W-14 written test 2


consultation with teacher 5A-A-2

Calculation and analysis of tasks 15A-A-3

Special methods of separation

[ logo uczelni ]

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursPreparation for written exam 10A-A-4


Literature study on the topics discussed during the lectures 10A-W-2



Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture illustrated by presentation

M-2 Exercises

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 writen testP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student has the knowledge about the different special methodsused to separation of mixtures.

T-W-8T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W02The student has the skills to explain physical basis, principles ofoperation of a particular method and the equipment required forit

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-A-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student has the skills to choose the appropriate method ofseparation for a given mixture and to explain away the choice

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13T-W-14

C-2 S-1T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U02Student has the skills to calculate basic parameters and solvedifferent problems in the field of special methods of separationand apparatus used in these methods


C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01The student understands the need to learn constantly of newmethods and techniques to solve engineering problems

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13



2,03,0 The student has the ability to explain physical basis, principles of operation of a particular method and the equipment

required for it on the basic level3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student has ability to explain on the basic level physical basis, principles of operation of a particular method and the

equipment required for it3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 Student has ability to choose appropriate method of separation for a given mixture and explain away the choice on the basic

level3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student has the skill of calculation of various process and apparatus parameters regarding special methods of separation

and solving engineering problems in this area on the basic level3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands on the basic level the need to learn constantly of new methods and techniques to solve engineering

problems in the field of separation of mixtures3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Bitter J.G.A, Transport Mechanisms in Membrane Separation Processes, 1991

2. Patnaik, P., Dean's Analytical Chemistry Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 2004, 2nd Edition

3. Henley, E.J., Seader, J.D., Roper D.K., Separation Process Principles, Wiley, 2013, 3rd Edition

4. Reiner Westermeier, Electrophoresis in practice, Wiley, 2005, 3rd Edition

5. Rickwood D., Ford T., Steensgaard J., Centrifugation: Essential Data, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994

Supplementary reading1. Henley, E.J., Seader, J.D., Roper D.K., Separation Process Principles, Wiley, 2012, 3rd Edition International Student Version

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-67

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Spectroscopic methods









W-2 Fundamentals of organic chemistry.


C-1 To gain the knowledge about the theory of spectroscopic methods and their application in qualitative and quantitativeanalysis.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Calculation of a compound concentration expressed in various concentration units. 2

T-A-2 Calculation the concentration of a solution after dillution. 2

T-A-3 Solving some excercisses concerning the interaction of the matter with light (absorbance,transmitance). 1

T-A-4 Determination of compounds based on Lambert-Beer's low in single and multicomponent mixtures. 3

T-A-5 The application of calibration curve in quantitative analysis of componds. 2

T-A-6 Limit of detection, method sensitivity and precision - calculation. 1

T-A-7The application of NMR spectroscopy in qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic compounds(the calculation of the position of the band corresponding to particular proton on the basis on empiricalequations, determination of a compound purity).

2

T-A-8 Application of MS spectra in determination of organic compounds composition (Beynon table). 2

T-L-1 The measurements of UV-vis spectra and their application in qualitative and quantitative analysis ofvarious compounds. 10

T-L-2 The recording and interpretation of IR spectra. 10

T-L-3 Analysis of multicomponent mixtures by spectroscopic methods supported by computer programs. 10

T-L-4 Precise analysis of NMR spectra with the use of technical software. 10

T-L-5 The interpretation of MS spectra of various group of organic compounds. 5

T-W-1Explanation of wave-particle duality of electromagnetic radiation and influence of itsabsorption/emission by atom or molecule on their properties. Theoretical studies of phenomenaproceeding in the molecule/atom under the irradiation.

2

T-W-2The theory of ultraviolet-visual spectroscopy (UV-VIS); the Lambert-Beer's low and the reason of thedeparture from this low: association, solvatochromism, thermochromism, photochromism,halochromism.

2

T-W-3 The application of UV-vis spectrophotometry to the analysis of multicomponent mixtures (theory,mathematics and software). 2

T-W-4 The use of UV-vis spectrophotometers into the studies of luminescent materials. 1

T-W-5 Infrared spectroscopy (IR) and its application to qualitative analysis of solids and liquids. 2

Spectroscopic methods

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-6 The application of IR spectroscopy to quantitative analysis of compounds (methods, their possibilitiesand limitations). 2

T-W-7 The theory of NMR spectrometry. The analysis of the spectra of various compounds. 2

T-W-8 MS spectrometry: types of MS spectrometers, the methods of ionisation. 2







Individual analysis of avialable spectra 5A-W-3


M-2 Classes

M-3 Laboratory







study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-4


M-1WM_1-_??_W01He has a knowledge about the fundamentals of the selectedspectroscopic method and their application in qualitative andquantitative analysis.


Skills

C-1 S-2S-3

T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3T-A-4

M-2M-3

WM_1-_??_U01Student is able to make some calculation concerning theanalysis with the interpretation of obtained results.


C-1 S-2S-4

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-3WM_1-_??_U02Student can plane and carry the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results.

T-L-4T-L-5


C-1 S-4T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-3WM_1-_??_K01Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve particular problem.

T-L-4T-L-5T-W-1



3,0 Student has a fundamental knowledge about particular spectroscopic method.

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 Student is able to make some calculation concerning the analysis.

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


3,0 Student can carry simple experiment with the interpretation of obtained results.

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order to solve less complicated problem.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Field, L. D, Strnhell, S, Kalman, J.R., Organic structures from spectra, Chichester: John Wiley and Sons, 20022. Bartecki, A. , Lang, L., Absorption spectra in the ultraviolet and visible region., House of the Hungarian. Academy of Sciences,Budapest, 19823. Láng, L., Holly, S, Sohár, P., Absorption spectra in the infrared region, Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 1980

4. Rahman, Atta-ur, One and two dimensional NMR spectroscopy,, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2011

5. Perkampus, Heinz-Helmut, Encyclopedia of spectroscopy, Weinheim : VCH, 1995

Supplementary reading1. Reichardt, Christian, Solvents and solvent effects in organic chemistry, Weinheim : VCH, 1990

2. Evans, Myron Wyn, S., The photon’s magnetic field : optical NMR spectroscopy, World Scientific, Singapore, 19923. Strobel, Howard A., Chemical instrumentation : a systematic approach to instrumental analysis, Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley,2011

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-68

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Surfactants chemistry and analysis






Janus Ewa ([email protected]), Ossowicz Paula ([email protected])Other teachers




C-1 Student has knowledge about physical properties of surfactants and their solutions (solubility, Kraft point, cloud point,adsorption at interfacial surface, interfacial tension)

C-2 Student has knowledge about colloids with surfactants - micelles, emulsions and microemulsions, liquid crystals

C-3 Student has knowledge about effects delivered by surfactants - including wetting, foaming, detergency, emulsification,solubilisation

C-4 Student has skills of determination of surfactants and their properties in different commercial products

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Determination of cloud points of nonionic surfactants. Effect of chemical structure on the cloud point. 5

T-L-2 Determination of the surface tension of surfactant solutions-effect of surfactants structure andadditives. 5

T-L-3 Critical micelle concentration - methods of determination 5

T-L-4 Determination of Krafft point and solubility of surfactants 5

T-L-5 Analysis of anionic and cationic surfactants in different commercial products 5

T-L-6 Chemical and thermal stability of surfactants 5

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursLiterature study 15A-L-1

Laboratory work 30A-L-2

Analysis of the results and their interpretation 20A-L-3

Project work 25A-L-4



S-2 continuous assessmentF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Surfactants chemistry and analysis

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student will have knowledge of surfactant properties, theirinteraction with substrates and analysis methods

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Uses knowledge to characterize the basic physicochemicalproperties of surfactants and their solutions as well as colloidalsystems created with their participation.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student is able to indicate by-products and waste substancesarising in the production process of selected groups ofsurfactants and their impact on the quality of surfactants andthe ways of their elimination.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. R. J. Farn (Ed.), Chemistry and Technology of Surfactants, Blackwell Publishing, 2006

2. M. R. Potter, Handbook of surfactants, Springer Science + Business Media, 1993, Chapter 4

3. European standards

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-69

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Technologies in environmental protection I







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basics of inorganic and organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Knowledge about contaminations in air and water.

C-2 Knowledge about the technology used in contaminants removal from air, water and wastewater.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Methods of emission control. 6

T-A-2 Removal of sulfur and nitrogen oxides from combustion gases. 3

T-A-3 Methods of clean-up of municipal and industrial effluents. 6

T-W-1 Air and water pollutants. 1

T-W-2 Sources of emission of air pollutants. Global problems of air protection. Systems of monitoring of airpollutants. 2

T-W-3 Methods of particulate matter emission control. Types of dust collectors (settling chambers, inertialdust collectors, wet scrubbers, fabric filters, electrostatic precipitators). 3

T-W-4 Methods of gas emission control (absorption, adsorption, thermal and catalytic combustion,condensation). 3

T-W-5 Sources of water contaminants. Characteristic, classification and composition of effluents. 1

T-W-6 Technologies for removal of contaminants from water (conventional treatment systems: primary andsecondary treatment, advanced treatment processes). 4

T-W-7 Written test (grade). 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in seminar classes 15A-A-1

Individual work with literature 7A-A-2

Preparing of presentation 8A-A-3



Preparing to complete the course 12A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture with presentation

M-2 Discussion

M-3 Seminar


Technologies in environmental protection I

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Evaluation of presentationP

S-2 Written test (grade)P



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2T-W-1T-W-2 M-1

M-2WM_1-_??_W01Student will be able to characterize popular environmentalpollutants and indicate sources of its emission.

T-W-5

C-2 S-2T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM_1-_??_W02Student will be able to explain principles of operation of devicesand technologies used in environment protection.

T-W-3T-W-4T-W-6

Skills

C-1C-2 S-1

T-A-1T-A-2 M-3

WM_1-_??_U01Student will be able to collect, organize and present data fromliterature.

T-A-3


C-1 S-1T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM_1-_??_K01student is aware of the harmful influence of pollution on theenvironment

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-5



3,0 student is able to describe the main environmental pollutants

3,54,04,55,0

WM_1-_??_W02 2,03,0 student is able to explain principles of operation of selected devices used in environmental protection

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 student is able to prepare a presentation on a specified topic

3,54,04,55,0


3,0 student is able to describe the main problems associated with the environmental pollution

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. S. E. Manahan, Environmental science and technology, CRC Taylor & Francis, Boca Raton, London, New York, 2007

2. G. Baumbach, Air quality control, Springer, Berlin, 19963. A. T. Gireczycki, Ł. Kurowski, J. Thullie, Gas cleaning and wastewater treatment for industrial and engineering chemistry students,Politechnika Śląska, Gliwice, 20114. W. Franek, L. DeRose, Principles and practices of air pollution control, United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2003, Thirdedition

Supplementary reading1. M. A. Tarr, Chemical Degradation Methods for Wastes and Pollutants - Environmental and Industrial Applications, Marcel Dekker, NewYork, 2003

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-70

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Technologies in environmental protection II






Other teachers


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Knowledge and skills associated with the technology used in contaminants removal from air, water and wastewater.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Elimination of iron from water 5

T-L-2 The use of activated carbon for the removal of oxidizable compounds from water 5

T-L-3 Elimination of phosphorus from water by precipitation method 5

T-L-4 Determination of nitrogen dioxide in air by spectrophotometric method 5

T-L-5 Adsorption of toluene on granular activated carbon 5

T-L-6 Study of paracetamol adsorption 5


Preparing for classes - individual work with literature 15A-L-2

Consultation 3A-L-3



M-2 Discussion


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Evaluation of knowledge connected with particular exercisesF

S-2 Evaluation of working in the laboratoryF




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-2M-3

WM_1-_null_W01Student will be able to explain principles of operation of devicesand technologies used in environment protection.

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6

Skills

Technologies in environmental protection II

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM_1-_null_U01Student will be able to perform analysis of selected pollutants.

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6

C-1 S-3T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM_1-_null_U02Student will be able to evaluate the treatment processesefficiency.

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6


C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM_1-_null_K01student is aware of the harmful influence of pollution on theenvironment

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6



3,0 student is able to explain principles of operation of selected devices used in environmental protection

3,54,04,55,0

SkillsWM_1-_null_U01 2,0

3,0 student is able to perform analysis of selected pollutants on his own, but he/she need the help of teacher for calculations andinterpretation of results

3,54,04,55,0

WM_1-_null_U02 2,03,0 student is able to calculate the efficiency of methods applied in the laboratory

3,54,04,55,0

Other social / personal competencesWM_1-_null_K01 2,0

3,0 student is able to describe the harmful effect of determined substances on the environment

3,54,04,55,0




[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-71

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit TECHNOLOGY OF ELASTOMETRIC MATERIALS ANDRUBBER





Piątek-Hnat Marta ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Polymer chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student has knowledge of typical group natural and synthetic rubber

C-2 Student has knowledge of typical group thermoplastic elastomers

C-3 Student can recognize relationship between structure and properties and applications rubber and elastomers

C-4 Student can name and describe steps in the production of rubber and thermoplastic elastomers


T-W-1 Natural rubber ( Source, Cultivation, Harvesting, Biosynthesis of rubber, composition of latex, cropcollection) 2

T-W-2 Crop processing of rubber ( preservation and concentration of latex, ribbed smoked sheet- RSS, palelatex crepe and sole crepe, field coagulum crepe, technically specified rubbers - TSR) 3

T-W-3 Properties of natural rubber (raw rubber, vulcanised rubber) 2

T-W-4 Vulcanisation (vulcanisation with sulphur, non-sulphur vulcanisation) 2

T-W-5Synthetic elastomers (compounding and vulcanisation, synthetic elastomer polymerisation,polybutadiene- BR, polyisoprene- IR, styrene-bytadiene rubber - SBR, saturated elastomer - EPM,EPDM,IIR, BIIR/CIIR, EAM, solvent resistant elastomers (NBR, CR, ACM,CSM), silicone rubber

4

T-W-6Thermoplastic elastomers ( styrene block copolymers, thermoplastic polyurethanes- TPU, blockcopolymers, dynamically vulcanised rubber/plastic blends, copolyester TPEE, polyether polyamide TPE,thermoplastic polyolefins,

5

T-W-7 Fillers and rubber additives- compounding ingredients 4

T-W-8 Rubber mixing (rheology of mixing) 2

T-W-9 Properties of thermoplastic elastomers and Rubber 2

T-W-10 Rubber and thermoplastic elastomers applications. 2

T-W-11 Rubber recycling 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursPresentation preparation 30A-W-1





TECHNOLOGY OF ELASTOMETRIC MATERIALS AND RUBBER

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of elastomeric materials and rubber

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of theelastomeric materials and rubber

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the filed of technology elastomeric materialsand rubber



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. J.R. White, S.K. De, Rubber Technologist"s Handbook, Rapra Technology, UK, 2001

2. Dick, John S., Rubber Technology Compounding and Testing for Performance, Carl Hanser Verlag GmbH & Co. KG, 2009

3. Brendan Rodgers, Rubber Compounding: Chemistry and Applications, Second Edition, CRC Press, 2015

4. Holden, G., Kricheldorf, H., Quirk, R., Thermoplastic Elastomers, Hanser Publications., 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-72

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to basic testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials. Student will be able todefine basic terms related to testing methods and equipment, will be able to select various materials for particularapplications according to application requirements. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able to broadenher/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Interphase phenomena: contact angle, surface tension 2

T-W-2 Microscopic methods in bio- and nanomaterials characterization 2

T-W-3 Thermal analysis of biomaterials 2

T-W-4 Thermal analysis and nanomaterials 2

T-W-5 Methods for chemical structure characterization 2

T-W-6 Thermomechanical properties 2

T-W-7 Mechanical properties of bio- and nanomaterials 2

T-W-8 Hardness of materials 1


praca włąsna studenta 15A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials

Skills

Testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thetesting methods of bio- and nanomaterials

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of testing methods of bio andnanomaterials



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Cheremisinoff NP, Polymer characterizaton, Noyes Pub., New York, 1996


[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-73

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Testing methods of inorganic products







Other teachers


W-2 Physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the most important analytical methods utilized for testing inorganic samples

C-2 Student is able to chose a proper group of analytical methods to assess given set of properties


Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Selecting of a proper analytical methods 5

T-L-2 Instrumental methods of chemical composition analysis 15



T-L-5 Temperature Programmed Desorption 5


T-L-7 Scanning Electron Microscopy 5


T-W-2 Chemical analysis of the surface of solid state 10








M-2 Laboratory


Testing methods of inorganic products

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01Student knows the most important analytical methods utilizedfor testing inorganic samples

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01Student is able to chose a proper group of analytical methods toassess given set of properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0



[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-74

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit THERMODYNAMICS OF PHASE AND REACTIONEQUILIBRIA










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of thermodynamic equilibria.2. Describe the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

C-2 Student will be able to solve engineering problems associated with chemical and molecular thermodynamics.


T-W-1

The Criteria for Equilibrium, Molecular View of Equilibrium, Gibbs Phase Rule, Pure Species PhaseEquilibrium, Gibbs Energy , Clausius–Clapeyron Equation, Partial Molar Properties, The Gibbs–DuhemEquation , Property Changes of Mixing, The Chemical Potential, Fugacity and Fugacity Coeffi cient, TheLewis Fugacity Rule, Fugacity in the Liquid Phase, Fugacity in the Solid Phase, Vapor–Liquid Equilibrium(VLE) , Raoult’s Law, Nonideal Liquids, Azeotropes, Solubility of Gases in Liquids, Liquid —LiquidEquilibrium, Vapor–Liquid— Liquid Equilibrium, Solid–Liquid and Solid–Solid Equilibrium, ChemicalReaction Equilibria, Chemical Reaction and Gibbs Energy, The Equilibrium Constant for Reaction,Electrochemical Reaction Equilibrium, Activity Coeffi cients in Electrochemical Systems, MultipleReactions, Extent of Reaction.

30


Homework 2A-A-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes



THERMODYNAMICS OF PHASE AND REACTION EQUILIBRIA

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of scientific principlesassociated with solving thermodynamic problems.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student can solve engineering problems associated withthermodynamic equilibria.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical thermodynamics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Studen can describe basic scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic engineering problems associated with thermodynamic equilibria.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of thermodynamic

equilibria.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. M.D. Koretsky, Engineering and chemical thermodynamics, Wiley, New York, 2013, 2nd

2. H.D.B. Jenkins, Chemical Thermodynamics at Glance, Blackwell Publishing Ltd, Oxford, 20083. J.M. Prausnitz, R.N. Lichtenthaler, E.G. de Azevedo, Molecular Thermodynamics of Fluid Phase Equilibria, Prentice Hall PTR, New Jersey,2001

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-75

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Thermodynamics with chemical engineeringapplications










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of thermodynamics.2. Identify the various types of thermodynamic equilibria.3. Understand mass and energy balances.4. Describe the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical calculation problems associated with thermodynamics.


T-W-1

Thermodynamic Properties, The PvT Surface, Thermodynamic Property Tables, The First Law ofThermodynamics, Internal Energy of an Ideal Gas, Work and Heat, Construction of Hypothetical Paths,Reversible and Irreversible Processes, The First Law of Thermodynamics for Closed Systems, The FirstLaw of Thermodynamics for Open Systems, Material Balance, Flow Work, Enthalpy, Steady-StateEnergy Balances, Transient Energy Balance, Heat Capacity, Latent Heats, Enthalpy of Reactions,Reversible Processes in Closed Systems, Heat Capacity, Open-System Energy Balances on ProcessEquipment: Nozzles and Diffusers; Turbines and Pumps (or Compressors); Heat Exchangers; ThrottlingDevices; Entropy, The Second Law of Thermodynamics for Closed and Open Systems, The MechanicalEnergy Balance and the Bernoulli Equation, Thermodynamic Cycles, Vapor-Compression Power andRefrigeration Cycles, The Rankine Cycle, The Vapor-Compression Refrigeration Cycle, Exergy Analysis,The Ideal Gas, Intermolecular Forces, Principle of Corresponding States, Equations of State: The vander Waals Equation of State, Cubic Equations of State, The Virial Equation of State, Equations of Statefor Liquids and Solids, Generalized Compressibility Charts, Determination of Parameters for Mixtures ,The Thermodynamic Web, Joule-Thomson Expansion, Liquefaction.

30


Homework 2A-L-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes

Thermodynamics with chemical engineering applications

[ logo uczelni ]





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1 M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of thermodynamics.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student can solve calculation problems associated withthermodynamics.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of process thermodynamics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student describes the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic calculation problems associated with thermodynamics.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of process

thermodynamics.3,54,04,55,0



Supplementary reading3. E.I. Franses, Thermodynamics with Chemical Engineering Applications, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2014

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-76

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit TISSUE ENGINEERING






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introdution to tissue engineering. Student will be able to define basic terms related totissue engineering, wil be able to select suitable polymeric materials for tissue engineering applications, student will be ableto work in a group and will be able to broaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Introduction to natural tissue structure and function 2

T-W-2 Cell growth and proliferation 1

T-W-3 Synthetic and natural biodegradable polymers 2

T-W-4 Biodegradation processes including hydrolytic and enzymatic mechanisms 2

T-W-5 Preparation methods for 3D scaffolds 3

T-W-6 Scaffolds for bone tissue engineering 2

T-W-7 Scaffolds for heart tissue engineering 2

T-W-8 Regulatory aspects in tissue engineering 1



literature studies and consultations 30A-W-3


Repetition of teh lectures content to the exam 15A-W-5





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of tissue engineering

Skills

TISSUE ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of tissueengineering

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_null_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of tissue engineering



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. R.L. Reis, J. San Roman, Biodegradable Systems in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine, CRC Press, New York, 2004

2. B.D. Ratner, Biomaterials Science, Elsevier, New York, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-77

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit TRANSPORT PHENOMENA










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Formulate governing equation for momentum, mass, and heat transfer.2. Identify the terms describing storage, convection, diffusion, dispersion, andgeneration in the general governing equation for momentum, mass, and heat transfer.3. Understand the various components needed for setting up conservation equations.4. Utilize information obtained from solutions of the balance equations to solve chemical engineering problems.5. Appreciate relevance of transport phenomena in chemical engineering.


T-A-1Derivation of momentum conservation equations. Solving selected problems related to momentumtransfer. Derivation of energy conservation equations. Solving selected problems related to energytransfer. Derivation of mass conservation equations. Solving selected problems related to masstransfer.

30

T-W-1

Momentum transport: Viscosity; Mechanisms of momentum transport; Momentum balances; Velocitydistributions in laminar and turbulent flow; Interphase transport of momentum in isothermal systems;Macroscopic balances for isothermal flow systems.Energy Transport: Mechanisms of energy transport; Thermal conductivity; Energy balances;Temperature distributions in solids; The equations of change for nonisothermal systems; Temperaturedistributions in turbulent flow; Interphase transport in nonisothermal systems; Macroscopic balancesfor nonisothermal systems.Mass transport: Mechanisms of mass transport; Diffusivity; Mass balances; Concentration distributionsin solids. Equations of change for multicomponent systems; Concentration distributions in turbulentflow, Interphase transport; Macroscopic mass balances for multicomponent systems.

30


Tutorial 10A-A-2



Tutorial 5A-W-2





TRANSPORT PHENOMENA

[ logo uczelni ]





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_??_W01The student will be able to understand the various componentsneeded for setting up conservation equations.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_??_U01The student will be able to utilize information obtained fromsolutions of the balance equations to solve chemical engineeringproblems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_??_K01The student will be able to appreciate relevance of transportphenomena in chemical engineering.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Bird R.B., Stewart W.E., Lightfoot E.N., Transport Phenomena, Wiley, New York, 2007

2. Brodkey R.S., Hershey H.C., Transport phenomena. A unified approach, McGraw-Hill, New York, 19883. Kessler, David P. Greenkorn. Kessler D.P., Greenkorn R.A., Momentum, heat, and mass transfer fundamentals, Marcel Dekker, Basel,1999

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-1-78

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level first cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Vacuum technology







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Physical chemistry

W-2 Physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the physical laws applied to calculate properties concerned in vacuum equipment

C-2 Student knows the most important vacuum equipment, vacuum pumps and gauges

C-3 Student is able to design a simple vacuum system and maintain its operation

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Designing of vacuum systems 10

T-L-2 Vacuum pumps 10

T-L-3 Vacuum measurements 10

T-W-1 Fundamentals of vacuum generation 5

T-W-2 Vacuum pumps 5

T-W-3 Vacuum Gauges 5






M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_null_W01Student knows the physical laws applied to calculate propertiesconcerned in vacuum equipment

Vacuum technology

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_null_U01Student is able to design a simple vacuum system and maintainits operation




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Handbook of vacuum technology, Wiley-VCH Verlag, 2008

SECOND DEGREE (MASTER)

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-01

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit AGITATION AND AGITATED VESSELS







Karcz Joanna ([email protected])Leading teacherCudak Magdalena ([email protected]), Karcz Joanna ([email protected]),Kiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected]), Major-Godlewska Marta([email protected]), Szoplik Jolanta ([email protected])

Other teachers


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the theory and practice of agitation and agitated vessels

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Power consumption 3

T-L-2 Producing of gas-liquid system in an agitated vessel 3

T-L-3 Mixing time in an agitated vessel 3

T-L-4 Mass transfer in gas-liquid system in an agitated vessel 3

T-L-5 Mass transfer in mechanically agitated solid-liquid system 3

T-P-1Project of the agitated vessel used to chosen mixing operation (mixing operation: homogenization orheat transfer or mass transfer in a liquid or multiphase systems); engineering calculation of theagitated vessel geometry; engineering calculations of the homogenization or heat and mass transferprocesses

15

T-W-1 Agitation of fluids as important unit operation (homogenization of fluids; intensification of heat transferprocess; intensification of mass transfer process; mixing with chemical reaction) 1

T-W-2Mixing equipment (vessels; impellers; baffles; geometry of the agitated vessel; standard geometricalparameters of the agitated vessel; types of the impellers; location of the impeller shaft in the vessel(central, eccentric, side-entering); types of the baffles (planar of full length, short baffles, tubularbaffles); types of the heating surfaces areas (jackets, helical coils, tubular vertical coils); static mixers

2

T-W-3Rules used for the project of the agitated vessels step by step (vessel shape, vessel bottom,heating/cooling surfaces, insulation, impellers, baffles, legs, platforms, seals, shaft bearing, lids, drives,metering ports, sensors and probes, gas supply (gas spargers)

1

T-W-4Power consumption (power characteristics Ne = f(Re) for laminar, transitional and turbulent regime ofthe fluid flow; definition of power number Ne; definition of Reynolds number Re for mixing process; aneffect of the baffles on the power characteristics; values of the Ne number for different impellers andturbulent range of the fluid flow)

2

T-W-5 Liquid homogenization; mixing time (definition; mixing time measurement; experimental techniques;comparing of mixing time at equal power consumption) 2

T-W-6

Heat transfer in agitated vessels (methods for measuring of mean and local heat transfer coefficients(thermal and electrochemical methods); Nusselt equation (definition of Nusselt number Nu, Prandtlnumber Pr, coefficient C); an effect of the agitated vessel geometry and impeller type on the heattransfer coefficient; efficiency of heat transfer process (modified Re number, coefficient K); idea ofmathematical modeling of local heat transfer coefficient; idea of numerical modeling of heat transferprocess

2

AGITATION AND AGITATED VESSELS

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-7 Mass transfer in agitated vessels (methods of mass transfer coefficient measurements; correlations formass transfer coefficient) 1

T-W-8

Mechanically agitated gas – liquid, solid – liquid, liquid – liquid and gas – solid – liquid systems(dispersions; suspensions; emulsions); maps of the gas – liquid dispersions; suspension of floatingparticles; minimum (critical) agitator speeds; an effect of the impeller type, baffles type andgeometrical parameters of the agitated vessel on the producing of the heterogeneous systems; gashold-up; superficial gas velocity, interfacial area; Sauter mean diameter

2

T-W-9 Mixing with chemical reaction 1

T-W-10 Mixing of particulate solids 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance the laboratory works 15A-L-1












M-2 laboratory exercises

M-3 projects method

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 lectures and laboratory - written testP

S-2 completion of the project based on the correctly performed computationsP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_01_W01to provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the agitation processes

T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_01_U01to provide practical kowledge within the framework of theagitation and agitated vessels

T-L-5T-P-1T-W-3


C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_01_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of the agitations problems

T-W-3


KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_01_W01

2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on agitation processes which are included to course

contents3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_01_U01

2,03,0 student has ability to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on agitation and agitated vessels

3,54,04,55,0

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_01_K01

2,03,0 the student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of the agitation

and agitated vessels3,54,04,55,0


2. Mixing Equipment (Impeller Type), AIChE Equipment Testing Procedure, 3rd Edition, New York, 2001, ISBN 0-8169-0836-2


4. Paul E.L., Atiemo-Obeng V.A, Kresta S.M; (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial Mixing, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2004

5. Tatterson G.B., Fluid Mixing and Gas Dispersion in Agitated Tanks, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1991

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-02

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Analysis of food contaminants






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basics of analytical chemistry


C-1 Knowledge about typical contaminants generated naturally in food and brought from environment, and practical skills in therange of their analysis


T-L-1Natural contaminants present in foods. Natural toxicants generated in food during spoilage processes.Determination of ethanol and methanol content in beverages. Changes in plant oils at hightemperature. Products of fats oxidation.

20

T-L-2 Environmental toxicants (pesticides, pharmaceuticals, industrial contaminants). Pesticide residues infood. Contaminants of drinking water. 20

T-L-3 Analysis of food adulteration. 4

T-L-4 Test 1


Individual work with literature 5A-L-2


Consultation 2A-L-4

Preparation for the final test 3A-L-5





S-3 TestP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_02_W01Student will be able to explain sources of different foodcontaminants.

T-L-3

Skills

Analysis of food contaminants

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_02_U01Student will be able to perform analysis of selected foodcontaminants and examine adulteration of food.

T-L-3

C-1 S-2T-L-1T-L-2 M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_02_U02

Student will be able to collect and organize data from literature.T-L-3


C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_02_K01student is aware of the impact of contaminants on consumerhealth

T-L-3



2,03,0 student is able to name the main sources of food contaminants and give the common examples

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to perform analysis with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_02_U02

2,03,0 student is able to prepare a report on a specified topic

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to describe the harmful effect of determined substances on human

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. ed. W.M. Dąbrowski, Z.E. Sikorski, Toxins in Food, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2005

2. T. P. Coultate, Food: the Chemistry of its Components, RSC, Cambridge, 2009

3. ed. T. Reemtsma, M. Jekel, Organic pollutants in the water cycle, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2006

Supplementary reading3. ed. J.P.F. D'Mello, Food Safety: Contaminants and Toxins, CABI, Trowbrige, 2003

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-03

6,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 6,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Analysis of water and effluents








Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Water and wastewater treatment, analytical chemistry


C-1Student will get theoretical knowledge on chemical composition of natural waters, water and wastewater treatmentprocesses, drinking water quality standards and wastewater quality standards, methods of preservation and analysis ofwater and wastewater samples.Student will get practical skills in the area of analysis of water and wastewater parameters.


T-A-1 Calculation of solutions concentrations, pH, hardness, alkalinity and acidity of natural waters,corrosivity, BOD. Regulations concerning drinking water quality. 15

T-L-1Determination of PO43-, N-NO3-, N-NH4+ and dissolved oxygen concentrations, determination of COD-Cr, COD-Mn, TOC, alkalinity, acidity, hardness, color, turbidity and pH of water, evaluation of watercorrosivity.

60

T-W-1

Characteristics of surface water and groundwater. Classification of waters. Regulations concerningdrinking water quality. Characteristics of municipal wastewater and selected industrial effluents.Wastewater quality standards. Aims and ranges of water and wastewater analysis.Fundamentals of analysis of water and wastewater. Background of sampling. Sample stabilization andsafe keeping. Physical and chemical indicators of water and wastewater contamination. Indicators ofbacteriological contamination of water. Methods of analysis of water and wastewater.

30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursparticipation in classes 15A-A-1

literature review 10A-A-2

preparation for class test 5A-A-3

participation in classes 60A-L-1

preparation for classes, literature review 10A-L-2

preparation of reports 10A-L-3

preparation for class test 10A-L-4

participation in lectures 30A-W-1


preparation for the exam 10A-W-3


M-2 workshop

M-3 laboratory

Analysis of water and effluents

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: written examP

S-2 Workshop: class test/gradeP

S-3 Laboratory: report, class test/gradeF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-A-1T-L-1

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_03_W01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Understand fundamental water chemistry.- Learn the parameters that characterize the constituents foundin potable water and wastewater.- Comprehend water/wastewater quality data.- Characterize water and wastewater.

T-W-1

Skills

C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-A-1T-L-1 M-1

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_03_U01At the completion of this course, students will be able toplan and carry out experiments for analysis of water andwastewater quality, collect experimental data, analyze andinterpret results, write technical reports and give presentations.

T-W-1


C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-A-1T-L-1

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_03_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of analysis of water and effluents

T-W-1



2,0

3,0Student is able to: (i) describe the main parameters that characterize the constituents found in potable water andwastewater and (ii) explain water/wastewater quality data. Student knows basic methods of collection and preservation ofsamples and methods of analysis of selected parameters of water and wastewater.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to plan and carry out simple experiments for analysis of water and wastewater quality, collect experimental

data and write technical reports.3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basi level the needs of continuous training and development in the field of analysis of water and

effluents3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ed. Leo M.L. Nollet, Handbook of Water Analysis, CRC Press LLC, USA, 2007, Second Edition

2. K. Kaur, Handbook of water and wastewater analysis, Atlantic Publishers & Distributors (P) Ltd., 2007

3. irk-Othmer, Chemical Technology and the Environment, Vol. 1 and 2, 2007

4. ed. O. Hutzinger, Handbook of Environmental Chemistry, Vol.5, part A, Water Pollution, Springer-Verlag, 1991

5. B.J. Alloway, D.C. Ayres, Chemical Principles of Environmental pollution, Blackie Academic & Professional, 1993

6. Water treatment, Plant Design, American Water Works Association, McGraw, 1998, 3th Edition

7. W.J. Masschelein, Unit Processes in Drinking Water Treatment, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1992

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-04

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Applied metrology and measurements for chemists







Other teachers


W-2 Physics


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 To learn the students to know principles of metrology

C-2 To learn how to choose the proper measurement tools

C-3 To learn the methods of measurement data evaluation

C-4 To let the students know standard methods for measurement of physical properties

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Data evaluation for laboratory testing 6

T-L-2 Basic electrical measurements 6

T-L-3 Principal methods of temperature measurement 6

T-L-4 Weight and density measurements 6

T-L-5 Pressure and flow measurements 6

T-W-1 Principles of metrology 5

T-W-2 Data analysis 5

T-W-3 Measurements of physical dimentions 5

T-W-4 Mesurement of weight and density 3

T-W-5 Temperature measurements 5

T-W-6 Electrical measurements 3

T-W-7 Measurements of flow and level 4

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursuczestnictwo w zajęciach (laboratory attandance) 30A-L-1



Zapoznanie się z literaturą przedmiotu (Library) 30A-W-2


M-2 Case analysis

Applied metrology and measurements for chemists

[ logo uczelni ]



S-2 Activity evaluationF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_04_W01Student knows the principles of experimental data assessment

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_04_U01Student is able to chose and perform the basic measurementexperiments




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Bucher, Jay L., Metrology Handbook (2nd Edition), American Society for Quality (ASQ), 2012

2. Raghavendra, N.V.; Krishnamurthy, L., Engineering Metrology and Measurements, Oxford University Press, 2013

Supplementary reading1. Kimothi, Shri Krishna, Uncertainty of Measurements - Physical and Chemical Metrology - Impact and Analysis, American Society forQuality (ASQ), 2002

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-05

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit BASIC PRINCIPLES AND CALCULATIONS IN CHEMICALENGINEERING










C-1The student will be able to:1. Explain the basic elements of engineering calculations.2. Demonstrate basic knowledge of material and energy balances.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with simplified process modeling in chemical engineering.


T-W-1

Introduction to chemical engineering calculations: units and dimensions, conventions in methods ofanalysis and measurement, chemical equation and stoichiometry. Problem solving: techniques ofproblem solving, computer-based tools, sources of data. Material balances: the material balance,program of analysis of material balance problems, solving material balance problems that do notinvolve chemical reactions, solving material balance problems that involve chemical reactions, solvingmaterial balance problems involving multiple subsystems, recycle, bypass, and purge calculations.Gases, vapors, liquids, and solids: ideal gas law calculations, real gas relationships, vapor pressure andliquids, vapor-liquid equilibria for multicomponent systems, partial saturation and humidity, materialbalances involving condensation and vaporization. Energy balances: concepts and units, calculation ofenthalpy changes, application of the general energy balance without reactions occurring, energybalances that account for chemical reaction, reversible processes and the mechanical energy balance,heats of solution and mixing, humidity charts and their use. Solving simultaneous material and energybalances: analyzing the degree of freedom in a steady-state process. Unsteady-state material andenergy balances.

30


Homework 2A-L-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes


BASIC PRINCIPLES AND CALCULATIONS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-2 Classes: homeworkF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_05_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of engineeringcalculations.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_05_U01Student can solve typical problems associated with processmodeling in chemical engineering.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_05_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of engineering calculations.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of simple engineering calculations.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student solves simple problems associated with chemical engineering processes.

3,54,04,55,0




Required reading1. D.M. Himmelblau, Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering, Prentice Hall International (UK) Limited, London, 19962. W.L. Luyben, L.A. Wenzel, Chemical Process Analysis: Mass and Energy Balances, Int. Ser. in Phys. & Chem. Eng. Sci., Prentice Hall,Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 19883. E.I., Shaheen, Basic Practice of Chemical Engineering, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1984, 2nd ed.

Supplementary reading3. B.E. Poling, J.M. Prausnitz, J.P. O’Connel, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2001

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-06

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Biomaterials






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Upper level English: reading and writting.

W-2 Basic understanding of biology and chemistry.


C-2 Describe the interactions between (bio)materials and blood.

C-3 Describe the host response to a (bio)material.

C-4 Discuss material-related design considerations for a medical device/implant.


T-W-2 Case study: cardiac catheters 4

T-W-3 Blood-biomaterial contact 4

T-W-4 Host response 6

T-W-5 Surfaces and modification 2

T-W-6 Degradable materials and mechanisms of degradation 2

T-W-7 Drug delivery 4









study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_06_W01Define important keywords and concepts

Skills

Biomaterials

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_06_U01Describe the interactions between (bio)materials and blood.WM-WTiICh_1-_06_U02Describe the host response to a (bio)material.WM-WTiICh_1-_06_U03Discuss material-related design considerations for a medicaldevice/implant.




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_06_U02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_06_U03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Buddy Ratner et al, Biomaterials Science, Academic Press

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-07

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit BIOMIMETICS






Other teachers



C-1This couse is aimed at giving an introduction to the filed of designing modern materials using inspirations from nature.Student will be able to define basic terms related to biomimetics, will be able to work in a group and will be able to broadenher/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Basic definitions used in biomimetics and bionics 1

T-W-2 Molecular design of biological and nano-materials 2

T-W-3 Multifunctional materials 4

T-W-4 Functional surfaces in biology 2

T-W-5 Biological materials in engineering mechanisms 2

T-W-6 Artificial muscles using electroactive polymers 2

T-W-7 Artificial support and replacement of human bones 2



literature study and consultations 30A-W-3







study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_07_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of biomimetics

Skills

BIOMIMETICS

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_2-_07_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thebiomimetics

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_07_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the filed of biomimetics



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Y. Bar-Cohen, Biomimetics Biologically Inspired Technologies, CRC Taylor&Francis, New York, 2006

2. B.R. Ratner, Biomaterials Science, Elsevier, New York, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-08

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Biopolymers






Other teachers




C-2 Explain the difference between biopolymers and bio-based polymers

C-3 Describe the main classes of biopolymers, including key structural and chemical features

C-4 Discuss specific applications of biopolymers, including key features


T-W-2 Nucleic acids 2

T-W-3 Proteins 4

T-W-4 Polysacchrides 4

T-W-5 Extracellular matrix 4

T-W-6 Aliphatic polyesters 2

T-W-7 Latex and natural rubber 2

T-W-8 Bio-based polymers 2

T-W-9 Degradation and biodegradation 2









study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Biopolymers

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_08_W01Define important keywords and concepts

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_08_U01Explain the difference between biopolymers and bio-basedpolymersWM-WTiICh_1-_08_U02Describe the main classes of biopolymers, including keychemical and structural featuresWM-WTiICh_1-_08_U03Discuss specific applications of biopolymers, including keyfeatures




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_08_U02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_08_U03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. David Kaplan, Biopolymers from Renewable Resources, Springer

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-09

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING








PrerequisitesW-1 introduction to the chemical and process engineering

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the theory of bioprocess engineering.


T-P-1Project calculations for the bioprocess occuring in a given type of multiphase bioreactor (multistageslurry reactor, immobilized biocatylytic reactor, enzymatic membrane reactor, biofilm reactor orflocculation bioreactor

15

T-W-1 Introductory Remarks: Biotechnology and bioprocess engineering; Up-stream engineering; Bioreactorengineering; Down-stream engineering 2

T-W-2 An overview of biological basics of bioprocess engineering: Enzymes; Cells; Major metabolic pathways;The grow of cells 4

T-W-3 Traditional industrial bioprocesses; Bioethanol; Biogas; Wine production; Manufacture of yeast; Single-cell proteins; Copper bioleaching; Penicilin production 6

T-W-4 Sterilization of process fluids 3

T-W-5 Engineering principles for bioprocesses; Momentum, mass and heat transfer in bioreactors 5

T-W-6 Operating considerations for bioreactors; Types of bioreactors; Selection, scale-up; operations andcontrol of bioreactors 5

T-W-7 Recovery and purification of bioproducts; Finishing steps of purification; Integration of reaction andseparation 2

T-W-8 Instrumentation and control 1

T-W-9 Nonconventional bioprocesses 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance a course 15A-P-1









M-2 projects method

BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_09_W01to give a detailed knowledge about bioprocess engineering


Skills

C-1 S-2T-P-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_09_U01student has ability to calculate and solve different practicalproblems on bioprocess engineering


C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_09_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of bioprocess engineering

T-W-5T-W-9



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on bioprocess engineering included to course content

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student has ability to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on bioprocess engineering

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of bioprocess


Required reading1. Cabral J.M.S., Mota M., Tramper J. (Eds), Multiphase Bioreactor Design, Taylor and Francis, London, New York, 2001

2. Doran P.M., Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Academic Press, London, 1995

3. Dutta R., Fundamentals of Biochemical Engineering, Springer, Berlin, 20084. Flickinger M.C., Drew S.W., Encyclopedia of Bioprocess Technology: Fermentation, Biocatalysis, and Bioseparation, Wiley, New York,19995. Lydersen B.K., D’Elia N.A., Nelson K.L., Bioprocess Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994

6. Shuler M.L., Kargi F., Bioprocess Engineering: Basic Concepts, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 20027. Simpson R., Sastry S.K., Chemical and Bioprocess Engineering. Fundamental Concepts for First-Year Students, Springer, New York,20138. Van’t Riet K., Tramper J., Basic Bioreactor Design, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 1991

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-10

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL AND PROCESS ENGINEERING






Story Grzegorz ([email protected]), Story Anna ([email protected])Other teachers


W-2 Fundamentals of chemical engineering

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Apply process principles learnt in other chemical engineering courses to practical situations

C-2 Identify and analyse the fundamental physical parameters of an experimental system

C-3 Write technical reports

C-4 Perform statistical analysis on data and conduct statistically designed experiments

C-5 Demonstrate laboratory and analytical skills, safety awareness and organisational skills

C-6 Demonstrate skills with numerical methods and computing applications


T-L-1

Comprises experiments related to various aspects reletaing with chemical engineering: measurmentof density, viscosity (rhelogy), ph, reflacting index, interfacial tension, mixing process, formulating oftwo phase system, sedimentation process, measurment techniques used in flow, numerical simulationof flow and process. After successfully conducting an experiment, the students need to write a wellformatted technical report. In addition, the course will introduce students to numerical methods forsolving typical chemical engineering problems. It also introduces the students to the use ofspreadsheets to solve chemical engineering design and process problems.

75




M-2 practical methods - calculation, design, numerical/simulation study

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lab Report (Individual) after each labratoryF

S-2 written final testP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

CHEMICAL AND PROCESS ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_10_W01The student will be able to measure a physcial properties ofliquid, solid and gas, identify the various types of measurmentequipments used in the chemical engineering and usecommercial software to analyze data and simulate the process.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_10_U01The student will be able to apply knowledge of measurementtechniques to identify physical properties and solve chemicalengineering problems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_10_K01Student will be began to prepare for a roleas a professional chemical engineer in industry or academia



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2. K. Walters, An Introduction to Rheology, Elsevier Science, 1989

3. Howard A. Barnes, A Handbook of Elementary Rheology, University of Wales, Institute of Non-Newtonian Fluid Mechanics, 2000

4. McCabe W.L., Smith J.C., Harriott P., Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2005

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-11

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL AND PROCESS THERMODYNAMICS










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of chemical and process thermodynamics.2. Describe the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical and complex problems associated with philosophy and practice of modelingthermodynamic systems.


T-W-1

Basic thermodynamic concepts. The properties and laws of ideal and semi-ideal gases. The first law ofthermodynamics: heat, specific heat. Absolute work, useful work, technical work. The transformationsof ideal and semi-ideal gases: isobaric, isochoric, isothermal, isentropic and polytropic. Thermodynamiccycles. Carnot cycle. Rankine cycle. Refrigeration cycles. Liquefaction cycles. Combustion engines. Thesecond law of thermodynamics: entropy, reversible and irreversible processes. Water vapor, phasechanges of water, steam diagrams.

30


Homework 2A-A-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

CHEMICAL AND PROCESS THERMODYNAMICS

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_11_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of chemical and processthermodynamics

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_11_U01Student can solve problems associated with thermodynamicsystems.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_11_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical and processthermodynamics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of chemical and process thermodynamics

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with thermodynamic systems.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of chemical and

process thermodynamics.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. C. Borgnakke, R.E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of thermodynamics, Wiley, New York, 2013, 8th


Supplementary reading3. D. Kondepudi, Introduction to modern thermodynamics, John Wiley & Sons Inc., Chichester, UK, 2008

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-12

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Chemical engineering design









C-1The student will be able to:1.Apply knowledge of chemical engineering fundamentals to identify and solve chemical engineering design problems.2.Perform step-by-step design of chemical engineering processes.3.Use of Aspen Plus for chemical engineering design.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-P-1 Project of the selected equipment 30

T-W-1

Introduction to design. Design information. Physical properties of chemical compounds. Materials ofConstruction. Costing. Mechanical design of process equipment. Flow-sheeting. Material and energybalances. Energy utilization. Piping and instrumentation. Equipment selection, specification and design:separation columns, heat-transfer equipment. Aspen simulation. Plant location and site selection.Environmental considerations. Safety and loss prevention.

30


Project task 30A-P-2


Tutorial 15A-W-2



M-2 metoda praktyczna: ćwiczenia projektowe





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_12_W01The student will be able to apply knowledge of chemicalengineering fundamentals to identify and solve chemicalengineering design problems.

Chemical engineering design

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_12_U01The student will be able to apply knowledge of chemicalengineering fundamentals to identify and solve chemicalengineering design problems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_12_K01The student will be able to use of Aspen Plus for chemicalengineering design.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Sinnott R.K., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 6: Chemical Engineering Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford,20032. Luyben W.L., Distillation design and control using Aspen simulation, Wiley, New York, 2006

Supplementary reading1. Seider W.D., Seader J.D., Lewin D.R., Widagdo S., Product and Process Design Principles. Synthesis, Analysis, and Evaluation, Wiley,New York, 2009

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-13

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS








Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the chemical engineering

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Basic units of International System of Units 1

T-A-2 Calculations of the basic physical properties for the single and multiphases systems. Concentration ofthe component in the multicomponent systems 1

T-A-3 Pressure drop in a pipeline and pipeline network 2

T-A-4 Calculations of the particles sedimentation 1

T-A-5 Calculations for the filtration operation 1

T-A-6 Heat transfer calculations. Heat transfer coefficient; heat transfer area; driving difference oftemperature; heat exchangers 3

T-A-7 Mass transfer calculations. Mass transfer coefficients; driving difference of concentration; masstransfer area; mass exchangers 3

T-A-8 Destilation and rectification. mass balances; equations of the operating lines; number of the plates in acolumn 2

T-A-9 Calculations for the others mass transfer processes 1

T-L-1 Fluid flow measurements 3

T-L-2 Rheological properties of the non_Newtonian fluid 3

T-L-3 Process characteristics of the absorption column 3

T-L-4 Fluid flow in a pipeline network 3

T-L-5 Process characteristics of the air-lift reactor 3

T-W-1 Introduction. Units and dimensions. International System of Units. 1

T-W-2Flow of fluids. Energy and momentum balance. The boundary layer theory. Flow in pipes and chanels.Flow of compressible fluids. Flow of multiphase mixtures. Pumping of fluids. Flow measurement.Pressure measurement. Pressure and flow measuring devices

6

T-W-3 Unit operations of chemical and process engineering. Mixing of liquids. Motion of particles in a fluid.Sedimentation of paricles. Filtration of liquid. Separation. Fluidization 4

T-W-4 Heat transfer. Rate of heat transfer. Heat transfer coefficient. Overall heat transfer coefficient.Temperature profiles. Heat transfer area. Types of the heat exchangers. 6

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-5Mass transfer. The mechanism of absorption. Concentration profile for absorbed component A. Rate ofabsorption. Driving forces in the gas and liquid phase. film coefficient of mass transfer in absorptionprocess. Overall coefficient of mass transfer. Absorption of gases. Packed columns

6

T-W-6Distillation. Vapour-liquid equilibrium. Temperature compositions diagrams. Vapour composition as afunction of liquid composition at constant pressure. Partial pressures and Dalton's, Raoult's andHenry's laws

1

T-W-7The fractionating column. The fractionating process. Mass and heat balances. Calculation of platesnumber for a distillation column. The methods used to determinate of plates number. Liquid-liquidextraction

4

T-W-8 Simultaneous momentum, heat and mass transfer. Analogy between momentum, heat and masstransfer processes. Humidification and water cooling. Evaporation 2


Calculations and analysis of the engineering problems 15A-A-2

Obligatory attendance the laboratory works 15A-L-1








M-2 Exercises

M-3 Laboratory method




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_13_W01to give a general introduction to the chemical engineering


Skills

C-1 S-1


M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_13_U01student has ability to calculate and solve different practicalproblems on chemical engineering

T-A-8T-A-9T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5


C-1 S-1T-A-6T-A-7T-L-1T-L-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_13_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical engineering

T-L-5T-W-2T-W-4T-W-5



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on chemical engineering included to course content

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 student has ability to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on chemical engineering

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of chemical


Required reading1. Coulson J.M., Richardson J.F., Backhurst J. R., Harker J. H., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 1: Fluid Flow, HeatTransfer and Mass Transfer, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 19992. Coulson J.M., Richardson J.F., Backhurst J. R., Harker J. H., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 2: Particle Technologyand Separation Processes, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20023. Richardson J.F., Peacock D.G., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 3: Chemical & Biochemical Reactors & ProcessControl, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20074. Backhurst J.R., Harker J.H., Richardson J.F.,, Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 4: Solutions to the Problems in Vol. 1,,Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20015. Backhurst J.R., Harker J.H., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 5: Solutions to the Problems in Volumes 2 and 3,Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 20026. Sinnott R.K., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 6: Chemical Engineering Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford,20037. Denn M.M., Chemical Engineering. An introduction,, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2012

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-14

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS SIMULATIONUSING ASPEN PLUS










C-1The student will be able to:1. Develop the process models based on conservation principles.2. Use Aspen Plus to model chemical engineering processes.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Selected process simulation in Aspen Plus. 30

T-W-1Introduction to chemical engineering process simulation. Introduction to the Aspen Plus interface.Simulation file creation. Basic process options and simulation tools in Aspen Plus. Selecting physicalproperty models. The data regression system. Unit operation models. Reaction and reactors.Separation columns. Processes with recycle. Sensitivity analysis. Optimization.

30




Tutorial 15A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_14_W01The student will be able to develop the process models based onconservation principles.

Skills

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS SIMULATION USING ASPEN PLUS

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_14_U01The student will be able to use Aspen Plus to model chemicalengineering processes.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_14_K01The student will be able to model chemical engineeringprocesses.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Hangos K.M., Cameron L.T., Process modelling and model analysis, Academic Press, 2001

2. Dhurjati P., Shiflett M., Modeling and simulation in chemical engineering using Aspen and Matlab, CRC Press, 2014



5. Schefflan R., Teach Yourself the Basics of Aspen Plus, Wiley, New York, 2011

6. Luyben W.L., Chemical Reactor Design and Control, Wiley, New York, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-15

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT










C-1

The student will be able to:1.Identify the various types of equipment used in the chemical-processing industry.2.Explain the basic elements of chemical process equipment.3.Describe the scientific principles associated with chemical process equipment.4.Describe the operation and maintenance of chemical process equipment.5.Troubleshoot typical problems associated with the operation of chemical process equipment.6.Describe the basic instruments used in the process industry.7.Identify and draw standard instrument symbols.8.Describe temperature, pressure, flow, and level-measurement techniques.9.Identify the elements of a control loop.10.Describe the various concepts associated with utility systems


T-A-1Flowsheets. Calculation of: flow of fluids, fluid transport equipment, heat transfer and heat exchangers,dryers and cooling towers, distillation and absorption columns, adsorption and ion exchange columns,cost of individual equipment.

30

T-W-1

Basic terms. Introduction to process equipment. Flowsheets. Drivers for moving equipment. Flow offluids. Fluid transport equipment. Pumps, compressors, turbines and motors. Valves: applications andtheory of operation. Tanks, piping, and vessels. Heat transfer and heat exchangers. Dryers and coolingtowers. Mixing and agitation. Boilers. Furnaces. Instruments. Process control diagrams. Utility systems.Reactor Systems. Distillation and absorption systems. Adsorption and ion exchange. Crystallizationfrom solutions and melts. Extraction. Other separation systems. Plastics Systems. Costs of individualequipment.

30




Tutorial 30A-W-2





CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-2 ocena pod koniec przedmiotuP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_15_W01The student will be able to Identify the various types ofequipment used in the chemical-processing industry.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_15_U01The student will be able to describe the operation andmaintenance of chemical process equipment.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_15_K01The student will be able to describe the scientific principlesassociated with chemical process equipment.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2. Walas S. M., Chemical Process Equipment, Butterworth-Heinemann, Newton, 1990

3. Cheremisinoff N. P., Handbook of Chemical Processing Equipment, Butterworth-Heinemann, Boston, 2000

4. Elizabeth T. Lieberman E. T., Norman P., Lieberman N., A Working Guide to Process Equipment, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2008

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-16

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Chemical processes in inorganic industry andenvironmental engineering





Mozia Sylwia ([email protected])Leading teacherMozia Sylwia ([email protected]), Przepiórski Jacek ([email protected]),Wróbel Rafał ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of chemistry and chemical technology


C-1Student will get theoretical knowledge on chemical processes in inorganic industry and environmental engineering,including technologies of flue gas desulfurization and NOx removal, purification of air, production of building andconstruction materials, as well as electrochemical methods of synthesis of inorganic compounds and treatment of metalsurfaces.


T-W-1

Part I:Technologies of flue gas desulfurization and NOx removal, purification of air: general informationconcerning pollution with SOx and NOx, EU regulations, sources of sulfur and formation of SOx, wetand dry methods applied for desulfurization of flue gases, modern regenerative methods, formation ofNOx during combustion of fuels, removal of NOx from flue gases including catalytic methods,preparation of pure air.

15

T-W-2Part II:Building materials. Lime, gypsum, cement, concrete, prefabricated products.Ceramics: ceramic building materials, electroceramics, metal ceramics, ceramic whiteware.Glass and glassware. Different sorts of glass, glass wool, ceramic and glass fibres, frits.

15

T-W-3

Part III:Industrial electrochemistry: electrolysis of aqueous solutions; electrolysers; factors influencingelectrolysis; electrolysis of aqueous solutions of NaCl; electrolysis of spent HCl; electrochemicaltreatment of metal surfaces – electroplating; hydroelectrometallurgy; electrochemical synthesis ofinorganic compounds

15








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Chemical processes in inorganic industry and environmental engineering

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_16_W01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Explain fundamentals of chemical processes applied inindustry, including processes of flue gas desulfurization, NOxremoval, and purification of air, processes and methods appliedin building and construction industry and well aselectrochemical processes utilized for production of organic andinorganic compounds, in electroplating andhydroelectrometallurgy.- Describe the properties of materials and the engineeringaspects for various chemical processes applied in inorganicindustry.

T-W-3

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_16_U01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Analyze and propose methods of manufacturing of numerousproducts using chemical processes.- Analyze and propose methods of purification of flue gasesemitted by chemical industry.

T-W-3


C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_16_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical processes in inorganicindustry

T-W-3



2,0

3,0Student knows basics of chemical processes in inorganic industry and environmental engineering, including technologies offlue gas desulfurization and NOx removal, purification of air, production of building and construction materials, as well aselectrochemical methods of synthesis of inorganic compounds and treatment of metal surfaces.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to analyze and propose methods of manufacturing of selected products using chemical processes and

methods of purification of flue gases emitted by chemical industry3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands the needs of continuous training and development in the field of chemical industry

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ron Zevenhoven, Pia Kilpinen, Control of pollutants in flue gases and fuel gases, ISBN 951-22-5527-8 (available online)

2. Boynton R.S., Chemistry and technology of lime and limestone, John Wiley, New York 1980

3. ed. R.D. Hooton, Cement, Concrete, and Aggregates, ASTM International, West Consh., PA 2003

4. Hocking M.B., Modern Chemical Technology and Emission Control, Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1985

5. Volf M.B., Chemical approach to glass, Elsevier, Amsterdam 1984

6. Pletcher D., Walsh F. C., Industrial Electrochemistry, Springer-Verlag GmbH, 20077. Wendt H., Kreysa G., Electrochemical Engineering: Science and Technology in Chemical and Other Industries, Springer Science &Business Media, 1999

Supplementary reading1. Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 6th edition (2002)

2. Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 4th edition

3. Loewenstein K.L., The manufacturing technology of continuous glass fibres, Elsevier Scientific Publ.Co., Amsterdam 1973

4. Landau U., Electrochemistry in Industry New Directions, Springer Verlag 2013

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-17

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING










C-1

The student will be able to:1.Describe and define the rate of reaction.2.Derive the mass balance equation.3.Apply the mass balance equation to the most common types of industrial reactors.4.Write the rate law in terms of concentrations, and temperature.5.Use nonlinear regression to determine the rate law parameters.6.Apply the differential and integral methods for analysis of reactor data.7.Define a catalyst and describe its properties.8.Describe the steps in a catalytic reaction.9.Suggest a mechanism and apply the concept of a rate-limiting step to derive a rate law.


T-A-1Derivation of general mass balance equations. Reactor sizing. Stoichiometry. Conversion. The RateLaw. Analysis of rate data. Multiple reactions. Reaction mechanisms. Analysis of catalytic reactors .Three-phase reactors. Isothermal and nonisothermal reactor design. Analysis of biochemical reactors.

30

T-W-1Introduction. Fundamental concepts. The General Mass Balance Equation. Reactor sizing.Stoichiometry. Conversion. The Reaction Order. The Rate Law. Collection and analysis of rate data.Multiple reactions. Reaction mechanisms. Catalytic reactors. Three-phase reactors. Isothermal andnonisothermal reactor design. Biochemical reactors.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2






CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_17_W01The student will be able to:1.Describe and define the rate of reaction.2.Derive the mass balance equation.3.Write the rate law in terms of concentrations, andtemperature.4.Define a catalyst and describe its properties.5.Describe the steps in a catalytic reaction.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_17_U01The student will be able to:1.Apply the mass balance equation to the most common typesof industrial reactors.2.Use nonlinear regression to determine the rate lawparameters.3.Apply the differential and integral methods for analysis ofreactor data.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_17_K01The student will be able to suggest a mechanism and apply theconcept of a rate-limiting step to derive a rate law.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Fogler H.S., Elements of chemical reaction engineering, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 2009

2. Levenspiel O., Chemical reaction engineering, Wiley, New York, 1999

3. Luyben W.L., Chemical reactor design and control, Wiley, New York, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-18

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Chromatographic methods







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basic knowledge of organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Knowledge of theoretical and practical aspects of chromatographic methods

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Maintenance and method development in gas chromatography. Evaluation of separation efficiency. 12

T-L-2 Qualitative and quantitative analysis in gas chromatography. 24

T-L-3 Application of GC-MS method in identification of compounds. 12

T-L-4 Qualitative and quantitative analysis in HPLC method. 12

T-W-1 General theory of chromatography. Classification of chromatographic methods. Retention parameters.Resolution. Separation efficiency of column. 6

T-W-2 Identification and quantification methods in chromatography. 4

T-W-3 Gas chromatography (GC) – principles, instrumentation, carrier gas, columns and stationary phases,sampling, detectors, applications. 10

T-W-4 High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) – instrumentation, eluents, stationary phases, normaland reversed-phase chromatography, isocratic and gradient elution, detectors, applications. 6

T-W-5 Thin layer chromatography (TLC) – principles, adsorbents and plates, chambers, developmenttechniques, densitometry. 2

T-W-6 Written test (grade) 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in laboratory classes and preparation of written reports 60A-L-1


Studying of literature and learning 25A-W-2


Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture with presentation and discussion

M-2 Laboratory

M-3 Consultations



S-3 GradeP

Chromatographic methods

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-3T-L-1T-W-1 M-1

M-3WM-WTiICh_1-_18_W01Student will be able to classify chromatographic methods anddescribe different chromatographic separation processes.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1 S-3T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_18_W02Student will be able to describe instrumentation used inchromatography.

T-W-5

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_18_U01Student will be able to apply chromatographic methods in orderto perform qualitative and quantitative analysis of organiccompounds.

T-L-4T-W-2


C-1 S-1S-2M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_18_K01

Student is aware of the responsibility for the results of analyses



2,03,0 student is able to describe the theoretical basics of chromatographic methods

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_18_W02

2,03,0 student is able to describe basic instrumentation used in chromatography.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to perform analysis with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student submits for evaluation written reports containing verified results

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Braithwaite A., Smith F.J., Chromatographic Methods, Springer, 1996

2. McNair H.M., Miller J.M., Basic Gas Chromatography, Wiley, 2009, II edition

3. Snyder L.R., Kirkland J.L., Dolan J.W., Introduction to Modern Liquid Chromatography, Wiley, 2010

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-19

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Computational fluid dynamics







Story Anna ([email protected])Other teachers


W-2 Fluid Dynamics



C-1

Specific objectives may be summarized as:• To understand mathematical characteristics of partial differential equations.• To understand basic properties of computational methods – accuracy, stability, consistency• To learn computational solution techniques for time integration of ordinary differential equations• To learn computational solution techniques for various types of partial differential equations• To learn how to computationally solve Euler and Navier-Stokes equations by using commercial software ANSYS FLUENT,Open Foam, MATLAB

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics in ANSYS Workbench. Graphical User Interface 1

T-L-2 Creating the geometry in ANSYS DesignModeler 5

T-L-3 Generation of mesh in ANSYS Mesher 4

T-L-4 Introduction to CFD simulations in ANSYS Fluent. Definition of materials of the object and boundaryconditions for fluid flow 2

T-L-5 Postprocessing in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-6 Analysis of a laminar flow in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-7 Applying turbulence model in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-8 Analysis of a heat transfer in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-9 Simulation of multiphase flow in ANSYS Fluent 2

T-L-10 Modeling of rotating elements in fluent (e.g. rotating wall, multiple reference frame, sliding mesh) 2

T-L-11 Modeling of a selected issue including creating the geometry, generating the mesh, performing thesimulations and postprocessing 6

T-W-1 Illustration of the CFD approach; CFD as an engineering analysis tool 2

T-W-2 Introduction to numerical methods for Euler and Navier-Stokes equations with emphasis on erroranalysis, consistency, accuracy and stability 6

T-W-3 Finite difference methods, finite volume and spectral element methods. Explicit vs. implicit timestepping methods 4

T-W-4 Methodology of solving CFD problems 2

T-W-5 Coupling of velocity and pressure fields 2

T-W-6 Computation of turbulent flows 4

T-W-7 Multiphase flows and their modelling 4

Computational fluid dynamics

[ logo uczelni ]

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-8 Structured and unstructured grids 1

T-W-9 Structured grid generation methods. 2

T-W-10 Unstructured grid generation methods. 2

T-W-11 Benchmarking and calibration. 1











study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_19_W01Student understands mathematical characteristics of partialdifferential equations. Student understands basic properties of computationalmethods – accuracy, stability, consistencyStudent learns computational solution techniques for timeintegration of ordinary differential equationsStudent learns computational solution techniques for varioustypes of partial differential equations

T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_19_U01Student posseses an abillity to computationally solve Euler andNavier-Stokes equations by using commercial software ANSYSFLUENT, Open Foam, MATLABStudent posseses an abillity to analize, solve problem by usingcommercial software

T-L-7T-L-8T-L-9T-L-10T-L-11


C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6T-L-7T-L-8T-L-9T-L-10T-L-11

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_19_K01Student has ability independently or in group to use ofspecialized software, solving and analyzing processes of masstransfer, momentum and energy

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11





Skills

[ logo uczelni ]







Required reading1. Hirsch, C, Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, Butterworth Heinemann, 2007

2. Pletcher, R. H., Tannehill, J. C., Anderson, D., Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, CRC Press, 2011

3. Moin, P., Fundamentals of Engineering Numerical Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2010

Supplementary reading1. Ferziger, J. H., Numerical Methods for Engineering Application, Wiley, 1998

2. Ferziger, J. H., Peric, M.,, Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, Springer, 2002

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-20

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Cosmetic formulation










C-1 Student has knowledge of typical group of cosmetic raw materials - their chemical structure, the most important propertiesand functions in cosmetics.

C-2 Student can recognize relationship between structure and properties and applications of raw materials.

C-3 Student can name and describe steps in the production of cosmetics.

C-4 Student can prepare different cosmetic formulations (solutions, emulsions, gels, suspensions), using the knowledge of rawmaterials and their impact on the physicochemical form of the cosmetic and its application.

C-5 Student can assess and control the quality of the cosmetic formulation.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Shampoos and liquids soaps formulation quantity analysis of the anionic surfactant. 5

T-L-2 Formulation of lotions – micellar lotion, tonic, hair lotion. 5

T-L-3 Formulation of emulsions – lotions and creams. Choice of the emulsifier. 5

T-L-4 Gels in cosmetics and personal care products. 5

T-L-5 Toilet and metallic soaps – Obtaining and characteristic. 5

T-L-6 Fats and oils in cosmetics - analysis in skin care products. 5



analysis and interpretation of the results 15A-L-3

preparation of the reports 15A-L-4




S-2 continuous assesmentF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Cosmetic formulation

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_20_W01Student will have knowledge of production of different cosmeticformulation, effect of cosmetic ingredients on application andquality of formulation

SkillsWM-WTiICh_2-_20_U01Student prepares various cosmetic formulations (solutions,emulsions, gels, suspensions) using the knowledge about rawmaterials and their impact on the physicochemical form of thecosmetic;the student is able to assess and control the quality of thecosmetic formulation;the student uses the rules and requirements set out in thecosmetics law

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_20_K01Student is aware of the importance of legal and health aspectsrelated to the formulation of cosmetic products and the need toexpand knowledge in this field



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. H. Mollet, A. Grubenmann, Formulation Technology. Emulsions, suspensions, solid forms, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2001

2. I. D. Morrison, S. Ross, Colloidal dispersions, Suspensions, Emulsions and Foams, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 2002

3. A. O. Barel, M. Paye, H. I. Maibach (Eds.), Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology, Informa Healthcare, 2009, third

Supplementary reading1. 2018, http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/cosmetics/cosing/

2. 2018, http://www.ifraorg.org/

3. L. D. Rhein, Surfactants in personal care products and decorative cosmetics, CRC Press Taylor&Francis Group, third, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-21

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit DRYING TECHNIQUES










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of thermodynamics of moist gas and solid.2. Explain the basic elements of drying kinetics.3. Identify the various types of drying methods.4. Demonstrate basic knowledge of applications and design of dryers.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with dryers design and modeling.


T-W-1

Moisture in gases and solids: thermodynamic of moist gas, thermodynamic of moist solids. Heat andmass transfer in drying processes. Drying kinetics. Experimental methods in drying. General principlesof dryer design. Mathematical modeling of drying processes. Drying in energy fields. Performance ofmodern industrial dryers. Miscellaneous drying problems: selection of dryer, energy aspects.Procedures for choosing of a dryer. Selection schemes. Batch dryers (e.g. Vacuum dryers, Fluid-bedbatch dryers, Tray dryers, Agitated pan dryers etc.). Continuous dryers – selection tree (e.g.Conduction dryer with inert stripping gas, e.g. plate dryer, Milling/flash drying, Band (Belt) dryer, Flashdryer, possibly with product recirculation, Convection/conduction dryer with rotating shell or agitation,e.g. disc or rotary dryer, Fluid-bed dryer, circular stirred tank rectangular, spray dryer, Miscellaneouscontinuous dryers, etc.). Processing liquids, slurries, and pastes (Spray dryers, Film drum dryers,Continuous Fluid-bed dryers/Granulators, Cylindrical scraped-surface evaporator/Crystallizer/Dryer,Agitated pan or vacuum dryers). Special drying techniques (Infrared drying, Dielectric drying, Freeze-drying, Steam drying). Qualitative comparison of Convective, Conduction, and Dielectric dryer types.Testing on Small-scale dryers. Example of dryer selection procedure.

30


Homework 2A-A-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes


DRYING TECHNIQUES

[ logo uczelni ]





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1 M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_21_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of drying techniques.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_21_U01Student can solve problems associated with dryers design andmodeling of drying process.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_21_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of drying techniques.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student identifies and describes various types of drying methods.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with dryers design and modeling of drying process.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of drying techniques.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. C. Strumiłło, T. Kudra, Drying: Principles, Applications and Design, Gordon and Breach Sci. Publ., New York, 1986

2. C.M. Van ’t Land, Drying in the Process Industry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2012

Supplementary reading3. B.G. Kyle, Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall PTR, New Jersey, 1999

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-22

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Electrical engineering for chemists







Other teachers


W-2 Physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the principal laws of electrical engineering

C-2 Student knows basic electrical appliances and is able to apply them properly

C-3 Student is able to build simple electric circuits and to measure electrical properties

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Electrical circuity - basics 6

T-L-2 Electrical measurement 6

T-L-3 DC network analysis 6

T-L-4 Kirchhoff’s law 6

T-L-5 Polyphase AC circuits 6

T-W-1 Basic concepts of electricity 5

T-W-2 Electrical safety 5

T-W-3 Series and parallel circuits. Kirchhoff’s law. DC network analysis. 5

T-W-4 Batteries and power systems 5

T-W-5 Magnetism and electromagnetism. Basic AC Theory 5

T-W-6 Transformers, Generators, Motors. Polyphase AC circuits 5






M-2 Laboratory


Electrical engineering for chemists

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_22_W01Student knows the principal laws of electrical engineering

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_22_U01Student is able to build simple electric circuits and to measureelectrical properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0



[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-23

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Elements of biotechnology






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Principles of Biology or Microbiology


C-1

The program focuses on broadening student’s knowledge and understanding of the current technologies and proTheprogram focuses on broadening student’s knowledge and understanding of the current technologies and processes in thebiotechnology industry, including approaches being applied to further advance the discovery and design of new and highlyinnovative biotechnology products. cesses in the biotechnology industry, including approaches being applied to furtheradvance the discovery and design of new and highly innovative biotechnology products.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 What is biotechnology? Short history of biotechnology 2

T-W-2 Biotechnology vs Chemical Engineering 2

T-W-3 GMO plants and animals 6

T-W-4 Cloning (molecular and organisms) 4

T-W-5 Drugs and vaccines obtained by biotechnology processing 4

T-W-6 Gene therapy. The potential application of steam cells 6

T-W-7 Biotechnology process design 4

T-W-8 Ethical issues of biotechnology 2


Lvely discussion 25A-W-2


A trips to biotech compani (e.g. brewery) 20A-W-4

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lectures




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Elements of biotechnology

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1


M-1

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W01Student will be able to provide examples of current applicationsof biotechnology and advances in the different areas likemedical, microbial, environmental, bioremediation, agricultural,plant and animal.


C-1 S-1

T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W02Student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of biologicalprocesses from the molecular and cellular perspectives,perform techniques used in biotechnology and solve technicalproblems

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2 M-1

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W03Student will be able to discuss and critically interpretbiotechnology data

T-W-6T-W-8

Skills

C-1 S-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_U01Student can use various experimental techniques required forbiotechnology process and go through biotech base and genebank.

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7


C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-4

M-1WM-WTiICh_2-_null_K01Student will able to develop ability of team's work andleaderships.

T-W-5T-W-8




3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 positive assessment of the student activity during lectures

3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 positive assessment of teamwork during and in the end of the course

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ratledge C., Kristiansen B.,, Basic Biotechnology, Cambridge University Press, 2006, 2

2. Evans G. M., Furlong J.C., Environmental Biotechnology : Theory and Application, Wiley, 2003

3. Altman A., Hasegawa P.M.,, Plant Biotechnology and Agriculture, Prospects for the 21st Century,, Elsevier Inc.,, 2012

4. Biotechnology and Biochemical Engineering Vol. 1 & 2, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH&Co, 2007

Supplementary reading1. Biotechnology Journals Published by Elsevier

[ logo uczelni ]

Supplementary reading2. S. Smith Hughes, Genentech: The Beginnings of Biotech, University of Chicago Press, 2011

3. R. Skloot, The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks, Broadway Books, 2011

4. M. Lynas, Seeds of Science. Why We Got It So Wrong On GMOs, loomsbury Publishing PLC, 20115. J. M. Smith, Seeds of Deception Exposing Industry and Government Lies About the Safety of the Genetically Engineered Foods You'reEating, Yes! Books, 2003

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-24

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL









C-1

The student will be able to:1. Identify the various types of air, water, and soil pollutants.2. Explain the effects of pollutants on human beings and environment.3. Describe the sources of air, water, and soil pollutants.4. Demonstrate basic knowledge of control technologies preventing air, water, and soil pollution.


T-A-1Analysis of methods used for air pollution control: absorption, adsorption, biofiltration, catalyticdestruction, particles capture. Analysis of methods used for waste water treatment: aerobic andanerobic digesters, activated sludge process. Analysis of methods used for monitoring and control ofsoil pollution.

30

T-W-1

Introduction. Basic concepts. Air Pollution. Smog in troposphere. Ozone depletion in stratosphere. AcidRain. Aerosols: deposition and nucleation. Control of air Pollution: absorption; adsorption, biofiltration,catalytic destruction. Particles capture. Water Pollution: organic, inorganic, biological. Waste WaterTreatment: aerobic and anerobic digesters, activated sludge process. Soil pollution: types of soilpollution, sources of soil pollution, effects of soil pollution. Monitoring and control of soil pollution.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_24_W01The student will be able to identify the various types of air,water, and soil pollutants.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_24_U01The student will be able to explain the effects of pollutants onhuman beings and environment.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_24_K01The student will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge ofcontrol technologies preventing air, water, and soil pollution.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Peirce J.J., Vesilind P.A., Weiner R.F., Environmental Pollution and Control, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1997

2. Flagan R.C.,, Fundamentals of air pollution engineering, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1988

3. Hill M.K., Understanding Environmental Pollution. A Primer, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2004

4. Mirsal I.A., Soil Pollution: Origin, Monitoring and Remediation, Springer, Berlin, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-25

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit FUNDAMENTAL OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY







Lubkowski Krzysztof ([email protected])Leading teacherSawicka Marta ([email protected]), Wróblewska Elwira([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basis of inorganic and organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Understanding of real fenomena in physical chemistry. Ability of prediction of physicochemical properties of materials.


T-A-1 Physicochemical calculations related to thermodynamics, thermochemistry and solutions and phaseequilibria 15

T-L-1 Laboratory units related to physicochemical properties of materials, thermodynamics,thermochemmistry, solutions and phase equilibria 45

T-W-1

Charakterystyka poszczególnych stanów skupienia, równanie Clapeyrona, van der Waalsa, kinetycznateoria gazówTermodynamika fenomenologicznarównanie Gibbsa-Helmholtza, procesy odwracalne i nieodwracalne, samorzutność procesów,termochemia, ciepło reakcji, prawo Hessa, pojemność cieplna, prawo Kirchoffa,Równowagi fazoweReguay faz Gibbsa, reguła dźwigni, równanie Claussiusa-Clapeyrona,Roztworyklasyfikacja roztworów, równanie Raoulta, Henry`ego, termodynamika mieszania, aktywność, funkcjemieszania, eks-cesu, równanie Gibbsa-Duhema.Statyka chemiczna

15

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursThe participation in the classes 15A-A-1

Individuala preparation of the student for the classes 15A-A-2

Participation in the laboratory units 45A-L-1

Individual preparation of students for the laboratory units 10A-L-2

Preparation of laboratory report 5A-L-3

The participation in the lectures 15A-W-1

Individual studies of the subject 10A-W-2

the individual preparation of student 5A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lectures with discussion

M-2 Classes

M-3 Laboratory units

FUNDAMENTAL OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 written exam and/or oral discussionP

S-2 assessment of laboratory reportF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2

T-W-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_25_W01student knows the phenomena of physical chemistry

Skills

C-1 S-2T-A-1T-L-1 M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_25_U01student is able to plan and carry out the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results

T-W-1


C-1 S-1T-A-1 M-1

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_25_K01student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve the problem related to physical chemistry

T-L-1



2,03,0 student knows the fundamentals of phenomena of physical chemistry

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to carry out simple experiment with the interpretation of the results

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to choose appropriate method for solving simple problem associated with physical chemistry

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Sun, Siao F., Physical chemistry of macromolecules : basic principles and issues, Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, 20042. Uziel Zbigniew, Żak Jerzy, asic calculations in physical chemistry. Pt. 1, . The properties of gases, thermodynamics, chemicalequilibrium, Gliwice : Silesian University of Technology, 20043. Raff, Lionel M, Principles of physical chemistry, Upper Saddle River : Prentice Hall, 2001

Supplementary reading1. Hobza Pavel, Zahradnik Rudolf, Intermolecular complexes : the role of van der Waals systems in physical chemistry and in thebiodisciplines, Prague : Academia., 19882. E. V. Kiseleva, G. S. Karetnikov, I. V. Kudrjasov, Problems and exercises in physical chemistry, Moskva : Izdatel´stvo "Mir"., 1987

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-26

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Fundamentals of optimization techniques inengineering











C-1

Student after successful completion of course is excepted to have:• Knowledge of basic optimization techniques.• Ability to formulate decision problems as optimization problems.• Ability to solve simple problems, select appropriate method and to use the right software to solve complicatedproblems.


T-A-1 Students will solve individual problems during the classes. The typical probles are similar to these:Golden-section search 5

T-A-2 Newton's Method. Grid search method 5

T-A-3 Relaxation (approximation) 5

T-A-4 Gradients method 5

T-A-5 Lagrange multiplier methods 5

T-A-6 Simplex Method 5

T-W-1 Introduction to the optimization problems. Fundamental definitions: goal function, optimizationvariables, requirements and conditions of the unique optimal solution 2

T-W-2 Fundamentals of mathematical modelling 2

T-W-3 Fundamentals of the non-gradient optimization methods 2

T-W-4 Unconstrained Optimization - introduction, definition and examples 2

T-W-5 Direct search methods: golden section and Fibonacci techniques, Newton’s method 2

T-W-6 Discrete Optimization problems 2

T-W-7 Introduction to genetic algorithms 2

T-W-8 Optimization methods for constrained optimization problems: Lagrange and penalty function methods 4

T-W-9 Optimization methods: Pareto compromise approach. 2

T-W-10 Fundamentals of the linear programming: graphic method. 2

T-W-11 Simplex method for linear optimization problems. 2

T-W-12 Fundamentals of dynamic optimization 2

T-W-13 Fundamentals of robust optimization:Local robustness, Global robustness, Stability radius 4


Fundamentals of optimization techniques in engineering

[ logo uczelni ]

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursOne-on-One Teaching Consultations 30A-A-2




M-2 practical methods - tutorials


S-2 written final report/testP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_26_W01Student has theoretical knowledge of the theory and methods ofoptimization which allows the analysis and modeling of data andprocesses

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_26_U01Student knows chosen methods and software tools fordeterministic and non-deterministic optimization and knows howto use them in solving optimization problems in engineeringfield.Student knows how to formulate optimization problems and howto select a proper optimization method.

T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6


C-1 S-1S-2

T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_26_K01Student can solve simple task independently or in a group

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13











[ logo uczelni ]

Required reading1. Belegundu A. and T. Chandrupatla, Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1999

2. Gen, M. and R. Cheng, Genetic Algorithms and Engineering Optimization, Wiley, 2000

3. Edgar, T.F., Himmelblau, D.M., L.S. Lasdon, Optimization of Chemical Processes, McGraw Hill, 2011

Supplementary reading1. Fletcher R., Practical Methods of Optimization, John Wiley, 1980

2. Luenberger, David G., Ye, Yinyu, Linear and Nonlinear Programming, Springer, 2008

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-27

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit FUNDAMENTALS OF RESERVOIR FLUID BEHAVIOR ANDITS PROPERTIES










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of reservoir fluids and their properties.2. Identify the various types of methods in fluid properties estimation.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical calculation problems associated with analysis of reservoir fluids.


T-W-1

Fundamentals of reservoir fluid behavior: classification of reservoir and reservoir fluids, pressure-temperature diagram, oil reservoir, gas reservoir, undefined petroleum fractions. Reservoir-fluidproperties: properties of natural gases, behavior of ideal gases, behavior of real gases, effect of non-hydrocarbon components on the Z-factor, non-hydrocarbon adjustment methods, correction for high-molecular-weight gases, gas formation volume factor, properties of crude oil systems, crude oil gravity,specific gravity of the solution gas, gas solubility, bubble-point pressure, oil formation volume factor,crude oil density, crude oil viscosity. Laboratory analysis of reservoir fluids.

30


Written test 2A-L-2



Written exam 2A-W-2




Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: written testF

S-2 Computer laboratory: practice testF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

FUNDAMENTALS OF RESERVOIR FLUID BEHAVIOR AND ITS PROPERTIES

[ logo uczelni ]

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_27_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of reservoir fluids and theirproperties.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-W-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_27_U01Student can solve calculation problems associated with analysisof reservoir fluids.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_27_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of petroleum reservoir engineering.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of reservoir fluids and their properties.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic calculation problems associated with analysis of reservoir fluids.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of petroleum reservoir

engineering.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. T. Ahmed, Reservoir engineering, Gulf Professional Publishing (Butterworth-Heinemann), Boston, 2001, 2nd ed.

2. B.G. Kyle, Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall PTR, New Jersey, 1999

3. B.E. Poling, J.M. Prausnitz, J.P. O’Connel, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2001

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-28

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Gas cleaning methods and technologies






Przepiórski Jacek ([email protected])Leading teacher

Przepiórski Jacek ([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basics of chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 to posses knowldege on the practicall methods and technologies used to clean gases from various sources


T-S-1 Seminars on topics from the lecture: SOx and NOX elimination from flue gases, methods of other gasesarresting from industrial fluxes 15

T-W-1 Processes releasing harmful gases, sources of sulfur and nitrogen in fuels, generation of SO2 uponcombustion of fuels. 2

T-W-2 Industrial methods for SO2 removal from flue gases (DeSOx). 5

T-W-3 Formation of nitrogen oxides upon combustion of fuels, technologies for NOx removal (DeNOx) fromflue gases. 5

T-W-4 Other methods and technologies for gas purification. 3

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursAttending the seminar 15A-S-1

Searching literature and studying specific topis 35A-S-2

Preparing presentations 9A-S-3

Attending lecture 15A-W-1

Literature searching and studying 37A-W-2

consultations 8A-W-3


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Oral exam, continuous assessmentF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_null_W01You will know and understand some chemical processes,particalurarly related to releasing of hazardous gases. You willknow porocesses used to clean the gases before releasing to theatmosphere.

Gas cleaning methods and technologies

[ logo uczelni ]

Skills




2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Skills


Required reading1. Zevenhoven, R., Kilpinen, P., CONTROL OF POLLUTANTS IN FLUE GASES AND FUEL GASES, 2011,http://users.abo.fi/rzevenho/gasbook.html

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-29

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Gas flow simulation in pipeline network






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Chemical Engineering Fundamentals


C-1 The aim of course is to analyze the impact of changing selected parameters on the hydrodynamics of gas flow in pipelinenetwork


T-L-1

The simulation of gas flow in selected part of gas network with different structures of pipelines ordifferent overpressure of gas stream.On the basis of simulation calculations performed in GasNet software, the size of minimum andmaximum overpressure of gas stream feeding the low pressure pipeline network will be selectedempirically depending on pipelines inclination in the network and for different volumetric gas streamwith different heat of combustion values.

60

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursobligatory attendence the practice 60A-L-1

Report preparation 60A-L-2

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Modeling, simulation, examples of solving problems

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 written reportP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1

T-L-1

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_29_W01Student has the knowledge of the simulation basic parameterscharacterizing gas flow in the pipeline network and is able toestimate the influence of the changing some parameters on gasoverpressure in network and gas velocity in pipeline.

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-L-1

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_29_U01Student has the skill of the simulation basic parameterscharacterizing gas flow in the pipeline network and is able toestimate the influence of the changing some parameters on gasoverpressure in network and gas velocity in pipeline.


C-1 S-1T-L-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_29_K01The student understands the need to learn constantly of newmethods and techniques to solve engineering problems

Gas flow simulation in pipeline network

[ logo uczelni ]



2,03,0 Student has the knowledge of the simulation basic parameters characterizing gas flow in the pipeline network on basic level.

3,54,04,55,0


2,0

3,0Student has the skill of the simulation basic parameters characterizing gas flow in the pipeline network and is able toestimate the influence of the changing some parameters on gas overpressure in network and gas velocity in pipeline onbasic level.

3,54,04,55,0



level.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Osiadacz A.J., Simulation and analysis of gas network, E&FN Spon., London, 19872. Kralik J., Stiegler P., Vostry Z., Zavorka J., Dynamic modeling of large-scale networks with application to gas distribution, Elsevier,Amsterdam, 1988

Supplementary reading1. Szoplik J., The gas transportation in a pipeline network. in "Advances in natural gas technology", InTech, 2012, ISBN 978-953-51-0507-7, pp.339-3582. Szoplik J., Changes in gas flow in the pipeline depending on the network foundation in the area., Elsevier, 2017, Journal of Natural GasScience and Engineering, 2017, 43, 1-12.3. Szoplik J., Improving the natural gas transporting based on steady state simulation results., Elsevier, 2016, Energy, 2016, 109, 105-116.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-30

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Heat transfer








W-2 Physics

W-3 Mathematics


C-1

The student will be able to:1.Identify the different modes of heat transfer.2.Formulate basic equation for heat transfer problems.3.Solve differential and algebraic equations associated with heat transfer using analytical and numerical methods.4.Apply heat transfer principles to design heat exchanger.5.Apply Aspen Plus to design of heat exchanger.


T-A-1Heat conduction. Convective heat transfer: laminar and turbulent. Simultaneous heat and masstransfer. Boiling. Condensation. Radiation. Heat exchanger calculations. Using Aspen to design of heatexchanger.

15

T-W-1Introduction. Heat conduction. Convective heat transfer: laminar and turbulent. Simultaneous heat andmass transfer. Boiling. Condensation. Radiation. Heat exchanger: type of equipment. Heat exchangercalculations. Using Aspen to design of heat exchanger.

30




Tutorial 15A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

HEAT TRANSFER

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_30_W01The student will be able to:1.Identify the different modes of heat transfer.2.Formulate basic equation for heat transfer problems.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_30_U01The student will be able to:1.Solve differential and algebraic equations associated with heattransfer using analytical and numerical methods.2.Apply Aspen Plus to design of heat exchanger.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_30_K01The student will be able to apply heat transfer principles todesign heat exchanger.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2. Rathore M.M., Kapuno R.R., Engineering Heat Transfer, Jones & Bartlett Learning, Sudbury, 2011

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-31

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Heterogeneous catalysis in industry








Other teachers


W-2 Organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the principles of heterogeneous catalysis

C-2 Student knows the fundamental structure and composition of catalysts as well as the processes leading to the preparationof industrial catalysts

C-3 Student knows the most important industrial processes where heterogeneous catalysis play the major role

C-4 Student is able to prepare samples of catalysts and evaluate their properties

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Chemical kinetics in catalysis - basic equations 5

T-A-2 Mass and energy in catalytic processes 5

T-A-3 Modeling of industrial catalytic processes 5

T-L-1 Ammonia decomposition over iron catalyst 5

T-L-2 High pressure ammonia synthesis 5

T-L-3 Catalytic nanotubes formation 5

T-W-1 Catalyst and catalysis in heterogeneous systems 10

T-W-2 Catalyst preparation, deactivation, regeneration 6

T-W-3 The experimental methods for catalysts’ examination 4

T-W-4 Industrial catalytic processes in inorganic, organic and polymer industries 10

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursuczestnictwo w zajęciach 15A-A-1

analiza literatury 15A-A-2

uczestnictwo w zajęciach 15A-L-1

Przygotowanie sprawozdań 15A-L-2



przygotowanie referatów 15A-W-3

Teaching methods / tools

Heterogeneous catalysis in industry

[ logo uczelni ]


M-2 Cases




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_31_W01Student knows the principles of heterogeneous catalysis

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_31_U01Student is able to prepare samples of catalysts and evaluatetheir properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Ross, Julian, Heterogeneous CatalysisCatalysis - Fundamentals and Applications, Elsevier, 2012

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-32

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Industrial automation and process control forchemists







Other teachers


W-2 Physics


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Let to know the principles of automation and process control

C-2 Let to know standard automation equipement

C-3 Learn how to choose and apply the proper automation solution

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Electronic data acquisition and control 10

T-L-2 Temperature control in chemical process 10

T-L-3 Pressure and flow control for gases and liquids 10

T-W-1 The principles of automation and process controll 5

T-W-2 Automation equipement 5

T-W-3 Design and application of automation in chemical engineering 5




Analiza literatury przedmiotu (Literature survay) 25A-W-2


M-2 Case analysis

M-3 Laboratory


S-2 Activity assesementF

Industrial automation and process control for chemists

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_32_W01Student knows the principles of regulation and automation

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_32_U01Student is able to chose a basic process control equipment andset proper parameters of its work




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Chaudhuri, Uttam Ray; Chaudhuri, Utpal Ray, Fundamentals of Automatic Process Control, Taylor & Francis, 2013

Supplementary reading1. Patrick, Dale R.; Fardo, Stephen W., Industrial Process Control Systems (2nd Edition), Fairmont Press, Inc., 2009

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-33

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Instrumental analysis







Wróblewska Elwira ([email protected])Leading teacherSawicka Marta ([email protected]), Wróblewska Elwira([email protected])Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basis of physical chemistry, organic chemistry, general chemistry, analytical methods.

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Theoretical and practical learning about instrumental methods applied in quantitative and qualitative analysis;

C-2 Theoretical studies about the phenomena used in the particular method as well as practical interpretation of the resultsgiven.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 The ways of preparing of the solution with a given concentration. 2

T-A-2 The ways of expression of the content od some components of the solution. 2

T-A-3 Units usually used in absorption spectra. 1

T-A-4 The application of Lambert-Beer's low in quantitative analysis of single and multicomponent mixtures. 4

T-A-5 Calibration curve and their application in quantitative analysis. 1

T-A-6 The characteristic of the analytical method (limit of detection, method sensitivity and precision). 1

T-A-7 The use of NMR spectroscopy in qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic compounds. 2

T-A-8 The use of some information which are read off from chromatogram into qualitative and quantitativeanalysis of organic compounds 2

T-L-1 Measurements of UV-vis spectra and their application in the studies of solute-solvent intermolecularinteraction , as well as in quantitative analysis. 10

T-L-2 The interpretation of HNMR spectra as a key to the determination of the structure of organiccompounds. 10

T-L-3 The application of IR method in qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic compounds. 10

T-L-4 The application of chromatographic method in qualitative and quantitative analysis of multicomponentmixtures. 10

T-L-5 The determination of some metals with the use of ASA method. 5

T-W-1 The fundamental definitions concerning analytical process, the kind of analytical method with respectto instrumental method analysis. 1

T-W-2 Classification of the methods of instrumental analysis, particularly spectroscopic and chromatographicones. 1

T-W-3 Explanation of wave-particle duality of electromagnetic radiation and influence of itsabsorption/emission by atom or molecule on their properties. 1

T-W-4

Theoretical studies of phenomena proceeding in the molecule/atom under the irradiation and theirapplication in particular methods i.e. ultraviolet-visual spectroscopy (UV-VIS), infrared spectroscopy(IR), nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), mass spectroscopy (MS), atomic absorptionspectroscopy (AAS), X-ray absorption, atomic emission spectroscopy (AES), flame photometry,inductively coupled plasma spectrometry (ICP), X-ray fluorescence (XRF), atomic fluorescence.

9

Instrumental analysis

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-5 Explanation of phenomena, concepts, and definitions used in chromatographic methods. The ways ofseparation of a mixture components. 3










M-2 Classes

M-3 Laboratory

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Written exam and/or oral discussion.P

S-2 Assessment of laboratory written report.F





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_33_W01Student knows the phenomena applied in the instrumentalanalysis.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-3T-W-4 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_33_W02He has a knowledge about the fundamentals of the selectedspectroscopic and chromatographic methods.

T-W-5

Skills

C-1C-2

S-2S-3S-4


M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_33_U01Student is able to plan and carry out the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results.

T-A-8T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4T-L-5


C-1 S-4T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4

M-1M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_33_K01Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve particular problem concerning qualitative and/orquantitative analysis

T-L-5T-W-4T-W-5



2,03,0 Student knows the fundamentals of phenomena applied in the instrumental analysis.

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_33_W02

2,03,0 He has a knowledge about the fundamentals of a few methods of instrumental inanalysis.

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 Student is able to carry out the experiment with the simple interpretation of obtained results.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order to solve the problem concerning quantitative analysis.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. J. M. Hollas, Modern spectroscopy, John Wiley, 2004

2. L.D. Field, S. Sternhall, J.R. Kalman, Organic structures from spectra, 3rd ed., Chichester, John Wiley and Son, 2002

3. J.R. Chapman, Practical Organic Mass Spectrometry, 2nd ed., Chichester, John Wiley and Son, 1993

4. Ira N. Levin, Molecular spectroscopy, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1975

5. C. N. R. Rao, Ultra-violet and visible spectroscopy: chemical applications, 3rd ed., Butterworths, London, 1975

6. ed. D. A. Ramsay, Spectroscopy, University Park Press, London: Butterworths; Baltimore, 1976

7. Stefan Hüfner, Photoelectron spectroscopy: principles and applications, 2nd ed., Springer, Berlin, 1996

Supplementary reading1. Ch. Reichardt, Solvents and solvent effects in organic chemistry, 2nd rev. and enl. ed., Weinheim, VCH, 1990

2. Pradip K. Ghosh, Introduction to photoelectron spectroscopy, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1983

3. M. Slavin, Atomic absorption spectroscopy, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1978

4. J. Mika, T. Török, Analytical emission spectroscopy : fundamentals, Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 19735. Yoshito Takeuchi and Alan P. Marchand, Applications of NMR spectroscopy to problems in stereochemistry and conformationalanalysis, Verlag Chemie International, Deerfield Beach, Florida, 1986

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-34

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Instrumental analysis in chemical engineering


Administering faculty Department of Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry




Tabero Piotr ([email protected])Leading teacherBłońska-Tabero Anna ([email protected]), Bosacka Monika([email protected]), Dąbrowska Grażyna ([email protected]), FilipekElżbieta ([email protected]), Tabero Piotr ([email protected]), TomaszewiczElżbieta ([email protected])

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of mathematics, physics and chemistry


C-1 To acqaint students with the selected instrumental methods frequently applied in industry and laboratories foridentification of raw materials and products as well as for determination of their crucial properties.

C-2 To teach students how to choose proper analytical method to obtain certain research goal.

C-3 To teach students how to use data gained from measurements, available data bases and literature


T-A-1 Sieve analysis. Standards. Sieving with test sieves. Microscopic determination of size and shape ofgrains. Microscopic inspection of quality of test sieves. Metallographic inspection of alloys. 4

T-A-2Definition of crystalline solid. Morphology of crystals. Analysis and description of crystal, single crystal,twinns, policrystalline substance, amorphous substance, gravel, sand, silt, mineral and rock. Powder X-ray diffraction. X-ray phase analysis. Identification of metals and alloys. Identyfication of minerals, andcomponents of rocks and sands from different locations.

4

T-A-3 Indexation of powder diffraction patterns. Determination of lattice parameters. Measurement of densityusing pycnometric and buoyancy methods. Rentgenographic density. 4

T-A-4 XRD quantitative phase analysis. Determination of grain size and lattice distortions. 4

T-A-5 High-temperature XRD measurements. Determination of coefficients of thermal expansion.Anisotrophy of thermal expansion. Investigations of polymorphic phase transitions. 2

T-A-6Thermal analysis. Identyfication and characterization of raw materials and products of chemicalindustry by using DTA-TGA methods. Determination of coefficients of thermal expansion by usingdilatometric method. Determiantion of thermal stability of substances and sorption properties ofmolecular sieves.

4

T-A-7Application of IR, NIR and UV-Vis methods for identification of substances and coordination polyhedrabuilding of their structures. Detection of small amounts of contaminants and ions with the help of UV-Vis and AAS.

4

T-A-8Identification and determination of properties of precious metals and precious stones by using XRD,IR, NIR, UV-Vis and density measurements. Identification of counterfeit coins and simulants of preciousstones.

4

T-W-1 What are the instrumental analytical methods ? Classification of analytical methods.Choosing ananalytical method. 2

T-W-2 Physical properties of substances. Measurements of density of solids and liquids. 2

T-W-3 Optical microscopy versus electron microscopy. Microscope solutions for metallography. 2

T-W-4 Crystal, single crystal, gravel, sand, silt. Grain size and shape measurement methods. Sieve analysis. 2

T-W-5 X-rays and their properties. X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy XRF . 2

T-W-6 X-ray diffraction XRD and powder X-ray diffraction. X-ray qualitative phase analysis. 2

Instrumental analysis in chemical engineering

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-7 Indexation of powder diffraction patterns and determination of lattice parameters. Diffractometricmethod of grain size and lattice distortion determination. 2

T-W-8 High-temperature, low-temperature and high-pressure rentgenographic measurements. Investigationsof thermal expansion . 2

T-W-9 Rengenographic investigations of metals and alloys, solid solutions, nanocrystaline, semicrystalline andamorphous materials. 2

T-W-10 Thermal analyasis. DTA, TGA and DSC methods. 2

T-W-11 Dilatometric measurements of thermal expansion. Determination of thermal stability of substancesand sorption properties of molecular sieves. 2

T-W-12 IR and NIR spectroscopic methods. Thermography. 2

T-W-13 UV-Vis spectroscopy. IR, UV-Vis-NIR methods for identification of substances and detection of smallamounts of contaminants. 2

T-W-14 Atomic absorption spectrposcopy AAS. 2

T-W-15 The final written exam. 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation inworkshop 30A-A-1

Participation in consultations 2A-A-2

Self-study of literature 16A-A-3

Preparation of written reports 12A-A-4


Participation in consultations 2A-W-2

Self-study of literature 14A-W-3

Preparing to pass wrriten exam based on the indicated literature and other sources of knowledge 14A-W-4

Finnal written exam 2A-W-5

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Informative lecture with multimedia instruments, explanation

M-2 Work with computers and and dedicated software.

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Final written examF

S-2 Written reports.F



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_34_W01Student knows physical properties of substances andterminology associated with analytical methods.WM-WTiICh_1-_34_W02Student knows construction and operation techniques ofequipment used for identification of substances anddetermination of their properties

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_34_U01Student can choose proper research method to obtain a certainresearch goalWM-WTiICh_1-_34_U02Student knows how to explain the data obtained and thephenomena exhibited in the materials analysis, knows how todesign studies and elaborate results

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_34_K01Student knows safety procedures for analytical equipment andunderstands importance of permanent learning to improvepersonal competencies

[ logo uczelni ]



2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_34_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_34_U02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. C. Giacovazzo, H. Z. Monaco, D. Biterbo, F. Scordari, G. Gilli, G. Zanotti, M. Catt, Fundamentals of Crystallography, IUCR, OxfordUniversity Press, Oxford, 20002. B. D. Cullity, Elements of X-ray Diffraction, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., London, 1978

3. A. Gaunier, X-ray Diffraction in Crystals, Imperfect Crystals, and Amorphous Bodies, Courier Corporation, New York, 19944. A. AUTHIER, G. CHAPUIS, EDS, A LITTLE DICTIONARY OF CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, INTERNATIONAL UNION OF CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, 2017,2ND EDITION5. D. A. Skoog, F. J. Holler, S. R. Crouch, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, Brooks Cole, 2006, 6-th Edition

6. S. Petrozz, Practical Instrumental Analysis: Methods, Quality Assurance and Laboratory Management, Wiley, 2012

7. M. Granger, Instrumental Analysis, Revised Edition, Revised Updated Edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2013

8. J. Śestak, Heat, Thermal Analysis and Society, Nukleus HK, Hradec Kralove, 2004

9. P. Gabbott Ed., Principles and Applications of Thermal Analysis, Wiley, 2008

10. S. Franca, L. M. L. Nollet, Spectroscopic methods In Food Analysis, CRC Press, 2018

Supplementary reading1. International Union of Crystallography: https://www.iucr.org

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-35

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Instrumental analysis of nanomaterials







Other teachers



Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the most important analytical methos used for nanomaterials

C-2 Student is able to choose a proper group of analytical methods to assess given set of properties


Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Instrumental methods of chemical composition analysis 15



T-L-4 Temperature Programmed Desorption, Reduction and Surface Reaction. 10


T-L-6 Scanning Electron Microscopy and Transmission Electron Microscopy 5


T-W-2 Chemical analysis of the surface structures and properties 10







M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Instrumental analysis of nanomaterials

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_35_W01Student knows the most important analytical methods utilizedfor testing nanomaterials

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_35_U01Student is able to chose a proper group of analytical methods toassess given set of properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0



2. Helmut Günzler, Alex Williams, Handbook of Analytical Techniques, Wiley-VCH, 2001

3. Encyclopedia of nanoscience and nanotechnology, American Scientific Publishers, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-36

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Mass transfer






Ambrożek Bogdan ([email protected])Leading teacherKiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected]), Murasiewicz Halina([email protected]), Ziętarska Katarzyna ([email protected])Other teachers


W-2 Physics

W-3 Mathematics


C-1

The student will be able to:1.Identify and understand the various mechanisms of mass transfer.2.Formulate basic equation for mass transfer problems.3.Use of experimentally derived correlations for estimating mass transfer coefficient for a variety of flow situations.4.Apply mass transfer principles to design mass transfer equipment.


T-A-1 Molecular diffusion. Convective mass transfer. Simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Mass exchangercalculations. Design of mass exchanger using Aspen. 15

T-W-1Introduction. Molecular diffusion. Convective mass transfer: laminar and turbulent. Simultaneous heatand mass transfer. Interface mass transfer. Mass exchanger: type of equipment. Mass exchangercalculations. Design of mass exchanger using Aspen.

30




Tutorial 15A-W-2




Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Ocena okresowych osiągnięć studentaF

S-2 Ocena pod koniec przedmiotuP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Mass transfer

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_36_W01The student will be able to identify and understand the variousmechanisms of mass transfer.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_36_U01The student will be able to:1.Formulate basic equation for mass transfer problems.2.Use of experimentally derived correlations for estimating masstransfer coefficient for a variety of flow situations.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_36_K01The student will be able to apply mass transfer principles todesign mass transfer equipment.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2. Hines A.L., Maddox R.N., Mass transfer: fundamentals and applications, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1985

3. Cussler E.L., Diffusion: mass transfer in fluid systems, Cambridge University Press, New York, 1997

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-37

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Mathematical methods in chemical engineering









C-1The student will be able to:1. Describe chemical engineering processes in mathematical form.2. Identify analytical solution to the differential equations.3. Interpret the solution to differential equations.


T-A-1Formulation of physicochemical problems. Solution of ordinary differential equations. Solution ofcoupled Simultaneous ODE. Series solution methods. The calculus of finite differences. Numericalsolution of ODEs: initial value problems and boundary value problems, weighted residuals. Laplacetransforms. Numerical solution of PDEs.

30

T-W-1

Formulation of physicochemical problems. Modelling: model building process. Model hierarchy. Modelswith many variables. Boundary conditions. Vector spaces. Matrices. Matrix algebra: row operations,direct elimination methods, iterative methods. Special functions. Ordinary differential equations. First-order equations. Solution methods for second-order nonlinear equations. Linear equations of higherorder. Coupled Simultaneous ODE. Series solution methods. Integral functions. Staged-process models.The calculus of finite differences. Approximate methods for ODE solution. Perturbation methods. Initialvalue problems. Boundary value problems: weighted residuals. Elements of complex variables. Laplacetransforms. Solution techniques for solving PDEs.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2






Mathematical methods in chemical engineering

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_37_W01The student will be able to describe chemical engineeringprocesses in mathematical form.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_37_U01The student will be able to identify analytical solution to thedifferential equations.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_37_K01The student will be able to interpret the solution to differentialequations.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Rice R.G., Do D.D., Applied mathematics and modeling for chemical engineers, Wiley, New York, 2012


3. Loney N.W., Applied Mathematical Methods for Chemical Engineers, CRC, Boca Raton, 2015

Supplementary reading1. Basmadjian D., The art of modeling in science and engineering, CRC, Boca Raton, 2000

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-38

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit MEMBRANE PROCESSES






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of chemistry and chemical technology/engineering.


C-1Student will get theoretical knowledge on membranes and membrane processes and their applications. The main issues tobe discussed during the lectures include (i) polymeric and ceramic membranes: properties and preparation, (ii) basics ofpressure driven, concentration driven and electrically driven techniques, and (iii) examples of applications of membranetechnology in industry and environment.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Introduction to membrane processes. Definitions. 1

T-W-2 Membranes and membrane modules: definitions, division, preparation, properties. 2

T-W-3 Pressure driven membrane techniques (microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nanofiltration, reverse osmosis) 4

T-W-4 Concentration driven membrane processes (dialysis, pervaporation, membrane distillation) 3

T-W-5 Electrically driven membrane processes (electrodialysis, electrodialysis reversal) 3

T-W-6 Membrane reactors 2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_38_W01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Present definisions and bascis laws related to membranes andmembrane processes.- Explain differences between membrane processes operatedunder various driving forces.- Describe industrial and environmental applications ofmembrane technology.

T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6

Skills

MEMBRANE PROCESSES

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_38_U01At the completion of this course, students will be able to:- Analyze and propose membranes for process design.- Analyze and propose membrane technology for environmentaland industrial applications.

T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6


C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3 M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_38_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of membranes and membraneprocesses.

T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6



2,0

3,0Student knows basic definitions related to membranes and membrane processes. Student presents division of membranesand membrane processes and explains differences between them. Student gives examples of application of membraneprocesses.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to analyze and propose membranes and membrane processes for a defined industrial or environmental

application.3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands the needs of continuous training and development in the field of membrane technology.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Heinrich Strathmann, Introduction to Membrane Science and Technology, John Wiley & Sons, 2011

2. Marcel Mulder, Basic Principles of Membrane Technology, Springer Science & Business Media, 2013

3. Richard W. Baker, Membrane Technology and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 20044. Norman N Li, Anthony G. Fane, W. S. Winston Ho, Takeshi Matsuura, Advanced Membrane Technology and Applications, John Wiley &Sons, 2011

Supplementary reading1. Takeshi Matsuura, Synthetic Membranes and Membrane Separation Processes, CRC Press, 1993

2. Kang Li, Ceramic Membranes for Separation and Reaction, John Wiley & Sons, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-39

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Methods of organic compounds identification








W-2 Fundamentals of organic chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 To gain the knowledge about the methods of organic compounds identification.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 The recording and interpretation of IR spectra od various organic compounds. 10

T-L-2 The analysis of NMR spectra of organic compounds. 10

T-L-3 The analysis of MS spectra of various group of organic compounds. 5

T-L-4 The application of the chromatographic method in qualitative analysis of various compounds. 5

T-W-1 Classification of the methods of qualitative analysis of organic compounds, especially spectroscopicand chromatographic ones. 2

T-W-2 Explanation of theoretical fundamentals of the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with an atom ormolecule. 1

T-W-3Application of selected methods i.e. ultraviolet-visual spectroscopy (UV-VIS), infrared spectroscopy (IR),nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), mass spectroscopy (MS), atomic absorption inqualitative analysis of various compounds.

8

T-W-4 Explanation of phenomena, concepts, and definitions used in chromatographic methods. 1

T-W-5 Application of chromatographic methods in qualitative analysis of organic compounds. 3

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursThe participation in the laboratory. 30A-L-1







M-2 Laboratory



Methods of organic compounds identification

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-3 Evaluation of the student’s work based on the student activity during the course.F



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_39_W01Student has a knowledge about the selected method of organiccompounds identyfication.

T-W-4T-W-5

Skills

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2 M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_39_U01Student is able to plane and carry the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results.

T-L-3T-L-4


C-1 S-3T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3T-L-4

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_39_K01Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve particular problem concerning quantitative analysis.

T-W-1T-W-3T-W-5



2,03,0 Student has a knowledge about the fundamentals of a few method of organic compounds identyfication.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to carry simple experiment with the interpretation of obtained results.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order to solve simple problem concerning quantitative analysis

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Field, L. D, Strnhell, S, Kalman, J.R., Organic structures from spectra, Chichester : John Wiley and Sons, 2002

2. Láng, L., Holly, S, Sohár, P., Absorption spectra in the infrared region., Akadémiai Kiadó,, Budapest, 1980

3. Perkampus, Heinz-Helmut., Encyclopedia of spectroscopy, Weinheim : VCH, 1995

4. Rahman, Atta-ur, One and two dimensional NMR spectroscopy, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1989

5. J.R. Chapman, Practical Organic Mass Spectrometry, 2nd ed., Chichester: John Wiley and Son, 1993

6. Sliwiok, Józef,, Chromatography in physico-chemical investigations of organic compounds, Uniwersytet Slaski,, Katowice, 1985

7. ed. F. A. A. Dallas, Thin-layer chromatography-recent advances., Chromatographic Society;, London : Plenum, New York, 1988

Supplementary reading1. Strobel, Howard A., Chemical instrumentation : a systematic approach to instrumental analysis., Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley,20112. Parker, Sybil P. Red., Spectroscopy source book, McGraw Hill, New York, 1988

3. Evans, Myron Wyn, The photon’s magnetic field : optical NMR spectroscopy, World Scientific, Singapore, 1992

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-40

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit MODELING AND SIMULATION IN CHEMICALENGINEERING








PrerequisitesW-1 Mathematics. Fundamentals of chemical engineering.


C-1The student will be able to:1. Develop of process models based on conservation laws and process data.2. Use computational techniques to solve the process models.3. Use simulation tools such as MATLAB, POLYMATH, and ASPEN PLUS.


T-A-1 Analysis of experimental results. Nonlinear parameter estimation. Development of exemplarymathematical models. Modelling and simulation of selected chemical engineering systems. 30

T-W-1Analysis of experimental results. Nonlinear parameter estimation. Dimensional analysis. Scaling.Mathematical model development. Synthesis of sub-models. Classification of models: deterministic,stochastic, lumped and distributed parameter. Modelling and simulation techniques. Populationbalance models. Microbial population. Monte Carlo methods. Nonlinear dynamics and chaos.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_40_W01The student will be able to develop of process models based onconservation laws and process data.

MODELING AND SIMULATION IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_40_U01The student will be able to use computational techniques tosolve the process models.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_40_K01The student will be able to use simulation tools such as MATLAB,POLYMATH, and ASPEN PLUS.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Hangos K.M., Cameron L.T., Process modelling and model analysis, Academic Press, San Diego, 2001



Supplementary reading1. Ingham J., Dunn I.J., Heinzle E., Prenosil J.E., Snape J.B., Chemical engineering dynamics, Wiley, Weinheim, 2007

2. Dobre T.G., Marcano J.G.S., Chemical engineering. Modelling, simulation and similitude, Wiley, Weinheim, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-41

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit MULTIPHASE FLOWS








PrerequisitesW-1 Introduction to physical chemistry


C-1 The course aims to give a general introduction to the theory of multiphase flow and to provide the necessary theoreticalbasis for design of multiphase pipelines.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-P-1 Project of simple installation with multiphase flow 15

T-W-1 Introduction to multiphase flows (classifications of multiphase systems, review of fundamentals oftransport phenomena, vectors and tensors, equations of motion, interaction with turbulence) 3

T-W-2 Two-phase flow (definitions, flow patterns in vertical and horizontal tubes, two-phase flow models) 2

T-W-3 Distribution of particle and droplets sizes (discrete and continuous size distributions, statisticalparameters, interactions of fluids with particles, drops and bubbles) 3

T-W-4 Cavitation. Boiling and condensation. Aerosol flows. Spray system. Dry powder flows. Granular flows 3

T-W-5 Multiphase flows in pipes: flow regime maps, concentration distributions and pressure drop 2

T-W-6 Multiphase flows in agitated vessels (gas-liquid systems, solid – liquid systems, gas-solid-liquidsystems) 2

T-W-7 Equipment for multiphase flows in agitated vessels and static mixers 2

T-W-8 Fluidized beds (hydrodynamics of fluidization, flow regimes and their transitions, particulate andbubble-free fluidization, slugging fluidization, turbulent fluidization) 3

T-W-9 Particle separation systems (separation efficiency and grade efficiency, classification of particleseparation systems, flow-through type separator, gravitational collectors, centrifugal separation) 3

T-W-10 Pneumatic conveying (background, flow patterns in gas-solid systems, classification of bulk solids(Geldart classification)) 2

T-W-11Slurry flows (basic concepts of slurry flows, slurry flow regimes, homogeneous flow of non-settlingslurries (rheological models for Newtonian and non-Newtonian slurries), pressure loss through straightcircular pipe

3

T-W-12 Micro-scale flows (gas-liquid two-phase flow in micro-channels, two-phase flow patterns, mini-channels, micro-channels, effect of surface contamination, void fraction pressure drop) 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory participation in the consultations with the teacher 15A-P-1







MULTIPHASE FLOWS

[ logo uczelni ]


M-2 Projects method





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_41_W01to give a detailed knowledge about multiphase flows

T-W-7T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12

Skills

C-1 S-2T-P-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_41_U01student has ability to calculate and solve different practicalproblems on multiphase flows


C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_41_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of multiphase flows

T-W-2T-W-12



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on multiphase flows included to course content

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student has abiility to calculate and solve on the basic level different practical problems on multiphase flows

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of multiphase flows

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Brennen Ch.E., Fundamentals of Multiphase Flow, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005

2. Crowe C.T. (Ed.), Multiphase flow handbook, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2006

3. Faghri A., Zhang Y., Transport Phenomena in Multiphase Systems, Elsevier Academic, Boston, 2006

4. Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook, McGraw-Hill, New York 2007., McGraw-Hill, New York, 2007

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-42

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Nanofillers and nanocomposites






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to diferent nanomaterials and their use in various applications, includingpolymeric nanocomposites. Student will be able to define basic terms related to classification of nanomaterials, theircharacterization, and application for naocomposites preparation. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able tobroaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Synthesis and application of nanomaterials 2

T-W-2 Creation of nanostructures based on chemical reactions 2

T-W-3 Introduction to carbon nanotubes and graphene 2

T-W-4 Introduction to aluminosilicates: structure and properties 2

T-W-5 Ceria and titana nanoparticels 2

T-W-6 Dispersions of nanoparticles and their characterization 2

T-W-7 Preparation methods of polymeric nanocomposites 2

T-W-8 Synthesis of nanocomposites via in situ polymerization 1










study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_42_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the nanofillers and nanaocomposites

Skills

Nanofillers and nanocomposites

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_2-_42_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thenanofillers and nanocomposites

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_42_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of nanofillers and nanocomposites



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Kelsall RW, Hamley IW, Geoghegen M, Nanotechnologie, PWN, Warszawa, 2008

2. Martin CR, Nanomaterials: a membrane based synthetic approach, Science, 2008, 266, 1961-1966


[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-43

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Nanolayers and thin films







Other teachers



Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the structure and composition of commonly used nanolayers and thin films

C-2 Student knows most important preparation techniques used to the formation of these structures

C-3 Student knows most important analytical methods utilized for testing these structures

C-4 Student is able to prepare and test simple examples of nanolayers and thin films

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Chemical vapor deposition 5

T-L-2 Physical vapor deposition 5

T-L-3 Surface characterization: X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy 5

T-W-1 Common examples of nanolayers and thin films 5

T-W-2Preparation techniques: Vacuum evaporation, electron beam evaporation, magnetron sputtering,reactive sputtering, chemical vapor deposition, electroplating, spray-on techniques, liquid phaseepitaxy

10

T-W-3 Principles of industrial processes utilizing thin film deposition 5

T-W-4 . Applications of nanolayers and thin films in science and technology 5

T-W-5 Principal analytical techniques for nanolayers and thin films testing 5





M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Nanolayers and thin films

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_43_W01Student knows the structure and composition of commonly usednanolayers and thin films

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_43_U01Student is able to prepare and test simple examples ofnanolayers and thin films




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0



[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-44

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit NANOPARTICLES AND ENVIRONMENT





Tryba Beata ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of materials chemistry


C-1Come to know about the influence of nanotechnology and nanoparticles on the human life and environment; regulationsabout management of the nanomaterials; risk assesment of the nanoparticles effect on the human body; determination ofnanoparticles in the environment; analyses methods of nanoparticles present in different media; analysis of nnoparticles lifecycle in the environment and their risk

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Introduction to the nanoparticles and nanotechnologies 1

T-W-2 Toxicity and ecotoxicity of nanoparticles in the environment 2

T-W-3 Risk assesments of nanoparticles in the environment – analytical methods 2

T-W-4 Nanoparticles in the consumer products 1

T-W-5 Impact of nanoparticles on the human body 2

T-W-6 Nanotechnologies – benefits and risks 1

T-W-7 Risk assesment of nanoparticles in the environment – computional modelling methods QSAR(Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships) 1

T-W-8 Nanotechnology - Policy and Regulations 1

T-W-9 WHO Guidelines on Protecting Workers from PotentialRisks of Manufactured Nanomaterials 1

T-W-10 Nanotechnologies and societies in Japan, USA, Europe 1

T-W-11 Nanotechnologies and ethical issues 1

T-W-12 Summary 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in the lectures 15A-W-1

Review of the literature 30A-W-2Preparation of the presentation related to the toxicity of the selected nanoparticles to the human bodyand environment 15A-W-3


M-2 discussion

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 presentation performed by student related to the studied topicF

S-2 test/ gradeP

NANOPARTICLES AND ENVIRONMENT

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-2

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-4 M-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W01Participant of this course will get knowledge and wide awarnesson the presence of nanoparticles in the commercial productsand their distribution pathway to environment. This knowledgewill involve also the impact of the nanoparticles on the animalsand humans health, their toxicity and way of safety handling.

T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7

C-1 S-2T-W-8

M-1WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W02The student will be informed about the present regulations inthe European Union and whole the world about handling thenanoparticles and nanoproducts.

T-W-9

Skills

C-1 S-2

T-W-2T-W-4

M-1

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_U01The student would be able to easy recognize products obtainedthough the nanotechnology and will be aware the risk of using itand deposition in the environment according to the estimationof whole cycle of life.

T-W-5T-W-6

C-1 S-2T-W-3

M-1WM-WTiICh_2-_null_U02The student will be able to apply the proper methods ofidentification and measurements of nanoparticles in theenvironment.


C-1 S-2

T-W-2T-W-5

M-1

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_K01Student will be aware of danger during exposition tonanoparticles and will know how to protect the human body andsurrounding environment against this danger; will be able toapply the proper protection resources in the laboratory and theplace of work.

T-W-9

C-1 S-1T-W-10

M-2WM-WTiICh_2-_null_K02Student will be aware of the ethical issues connected with usingof some nanotechnology products.

T-W-11



2,03,0 50% of the correct answers from the test; performed presentation

3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0


[ logo uczelni ]



3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 participation in the discussion

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Ecotoxicology, Springer, 2008, 17

2. G. Hunt, M. Mehta, Nanotechnology. Risk, Ethics and Law3. J. C. Miller, R. Serrato, J. M. Represas-Cardenas, G. Kundahl, The Handbook of Nanotechnology. Business, Policy, and IntellectualProperty Law

Supplementary reading1. Website of European Commission, Doc. CA/59/2008 rev.1, Follow-up to the 6th Meeting of the REACH Competent Authorities for theimplementation of Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 (REACH)2. Reports on NEDO projects “Research and Development of Nanoparticle Characterization Methods” – Risk Assesment of ManufacturedNanomaterials – TiO23. S. Ma, D. Lin, The biophysicochemical interactions at the interfaces between nanoparticles and aquatic organisms: adsorption andinternalization, Environmental Science: Processes & Impacts, 2013, 15

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-45

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit NUMERICAL AND ANALITICAL METHODS WITHMATLAB










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge Matlab functions and instructions.2. Identify the various types of numerical and analytical methods of problem solution.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Matlab with Simulink.


T-W-1

Numerical modeling for engineering. Matlab fundamentals. Matrices. Roots of algebraic andtranscendental equations. Numerical integration. Numerical integration of ordinary differentialequations (ODE). Curve fitting. Optimization. Partial differential equations. Iteration method. Laplacetransforms. Solution of equations: linear equations, nonlinear equations and nonlinear equationsystems, ordinary differential equations (ODE), types of equations and boundary conditions, Matlabnumerical integrators, stiff ordinary differential equations, unsteady-state processes, nonlineardynamics. Solution of partial differential equations: first and second order equations, initial value andboundary value problems, steady-state and unsteady-state. Numerical solution method (Initial valueproblem). Approximate methods for boundary value problems: weighted residuals. Solution of theselected problems in chemical engineering: basic principles and calculations, problems of regressionand correlation of data, advanced solution methods in problem solving. Thermodynamics. Heattransfer. Mass transfer. Problems of fluid mechanics. Examples of selected problems: variation ofreaction rate with temperature, shooting method for solving two-point boundary value problems,fugacity coefficients for ammonia – experimental and predicted, optimal pipe length for draining acylindrical tank in turbulent flow, unsteady-state conduction in two dimensions, simultaneous heat andmass transfer in catalyst particles, etc.

30









NUMERICAL AND ANALITICAL METHODS WITH MATLAB

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: written reportF




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_45_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of Matlab functions andinstructions and identifies various types of numerical methods.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_45_U01Student can solve fundamental problems associated withchemical and process engineering using Matlab.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2


T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of Matlab functions and numerical methods.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve simple problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Matlab.

3,54,04,55,0




Required reading1. A. Gilat, V. Subramanian, Numerical methods: An introduction with applications using Matlab, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 20112. M.B. Cutlip, M. Shacham, Problem solving in chemical engineering with numerical methods, Prentice Hall International Series in thePhysical and Chemical Engineering Sciences, New Jersey, 19993. H. Moore, Matlab for engineers, Pearson Education International, New York, 2007, 2nd ed.

4. W. Bober, C-T Tsai, O. Masory, Numerical and analytical methods with Matlab, CRC Press – Taylor & Francis Group, London, 2009

5. L. Fausett, Numerical methods using Matlab, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education Ltd., London, 2007, 2nd ed.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-46

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit NUMERICAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING








PrerequisitesW-1 Mathematics


C-1The student will be able to:1. Use of modern computational and numerical techniques in chemical engineering.2. Understand how the algorithms work and why numerical algorithms sometimes give unexpected results.


T-L-1Solving systems of linear algebraic equations. Solving systems of non-linear algebraic equations.Interpolation and curve fitting. Numerical differentiation. Numerical integration. Eigenvalues andeigenvectors of matrices. Solving ODEs and PDEs. Solving optimization problems.

30

T-W-1

Systems of linear algebraic equations. Systems of non-linear algebraic equations. Interpolation andcurve fitting. Numerical differentiation. Numerical integration. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors ofmatrices. Solutions of ODEs: Runge Kutta, multistep methods, Gear’s algorithm, stiffness and stabilityof algorithms. Solutions of PDEs: finite difference, finite elements, method of lines, shooting methods.Introduction to optimization.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_46_W01The student will be able to understand how the numericalalgorithms work

NUMERICAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_46_U01The student will be able to use computational techniques inchemical engineering.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_46_K01The student will be able to use of modern computational andnumerical techniques in chemical engineering.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Chapra S.C., Canale R.P., Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw-Hill, Boston, 1998

2. Rao S.S., Applied Numerical Methods for Engineers and Scientists, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1999


Supplementary reading1. Warnecke G., Analysis and numerics for conservation laws, Springer, Berlin, 2005

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-47

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PARTICULATE TECHNOLOGY








W-2 Physics


C-1The student will be able to:1. Understand and apply the theoretical fundamentals of particle technology in chemical engineering.2. Understand the experimental methods necessary to characterize the properties of particles and powders.3. Understand the hydrodynamics of gas-solid systems.


T-A-1Particle size analysis. Motion of solid particles in a fluid. Fluid flow through a packed bed. Filtration.Fluidization. Pneumatic transport. Separation of particles from a gas. Mixing and segregation ofparticles. Particles mechanics. Storage and flow of powders.

15

T-W-1Particle characterization. Particle size analysis. Motion of solid particles in a fluid. Multiple particlesystems. Colloids and fine particles. Fluid flow through a packed bed. Filtration. Fluidization. Pneumatictransport. Separation of particles from a gas. Mixing and segregation of particles. Particles sizereduction. Particles mechanics. Discharge of particulate bulk solids. Storage and flow of powders.

30




Tutorial 15A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

PARTICULATE TECHNOLOGY

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_47_W01The student will be able to understand the theoreticalfundamentals of particle technology.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_47_U01The student will be able to apply the particle technology inchemical engineering.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_47_K01The student will be able to understand the hydrodynamics ofgas-solid systems.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Rhodes M., Introduction to Particle Technology, Wiley, Chichester, 2008

2. Aste T., Tordesillas A., Di Matteo T. (Editors), Granular and complex materials, World Scientific Publishing, London, 2007

3. Particles, bubbles and drops-their motion, heat and mass transfer, World Scientific Publishing, London, 2006

Supplementary reading1. Gregory J., Particles in Water. Properties and Processes, CRC, Boca Raton, 2006

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-48

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY








PrerequisitesW-1 Basics of organic compound and biochemistry.

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student has knowledge about drug discover, sources of drugs and lead compounds, classification of drugs and drug action.

C-2 Student can synthesis different active substances (drugs).

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Synthesis of 2-3 products by standard processes in pharmaceutical chemistry. 20


T-L-3 Qualitative analysis of pharmaceutical products 15

T-W-1 A brief history of drugs: from plants extracts to DNA technology 2

T-W-2 Sources of drugs and lead compounds 3

T-W-3 Classification of drugs 4

T-W-4 Introduction to drug action 3

T-W-5 Drug Development and Production 3






participation in clasess 15A-W-1

literature study 10A-W-2

revision for exam 15A-W-3

One-on-One Teaching Consultation 5A-W-4

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 lectures

M-2 laboratory

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 wtritten examF

S-2 written report, gradeF

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_48_W01Student will have knowledge about drugs, their classification,types of drugs, sources and drug action.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_2-_48_U01The student will be able to obtain simple compounds withpharmaceutical activity.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_48_K01Student is able to indicate by-products and waste substancesarising in the production process of selected groups of drugsand their impact on the quality of drugsand the ways of theirelimination.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Gareth Thomas, Medicinal Chemistry An Introduction, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,, Chichester, England, 2007, Second Edition

2. Camille Georges Wermuth, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry, Elsevier, Oxford, England, 2003, Second Edition

3. Pharmaceutical Chemistry, David G. Watson, Elsevier, 2011

4. Gareth Thomas, Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,, Chichester, England, 2003

Supplementary reading1. Thomas Nogrady, Donald F. Weaver, Medicinal Chemistry A Molecular and Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York,2005, THIRD EDITION2. Ashutosh Kar, Medicinal Chemistry, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, New Delhi, 2007, Fourth Edition3. XIAO-TIAN, LIANG WEI-SHUO FANG, MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY OF BIOACTIVE NATURAL PRODUCTS, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006, NewJersey4. Donald J. Abraham, BURGER'S MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND DRUG DISCOVERY, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003, Sixth Edition

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-49

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Physical chemistry of surfaces







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Inorganic and organic chemistry


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the structure of surfaces and interfaces

C-2 Student knows fundamental laws applicable to the processes performed on the surfaces of solids

C-3 Student knows the basic experimental methods applied to evaluate the properties of solid surfaces and is able to performrespective experiments

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Analysis of macro- and microporous materials 10

T-L-2 Chemical composition of surfaces: x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy 10

T-L-3 Transmission and scanning electron microscopy 10

T-W-1 Materials of developed surface 2

T-W-2 Surfaces and interfaces 2

T-W-3 Electrical, mechanical and optical properties of surfaces 3

T-W-4 Surface phenomena. Sorption processes. Adsorption and desorption 1

T-W-5 Chemical reactions on surfaces. Solid – gas reactions 4

T-W-6 The techniques of surface science 3





M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Physical chemistry of surfaces

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_49_W01Student knows the structure of surfaces and interfaces

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_49_U01is able to perform respective experiments




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. G.A. Somorjai, Introduction to surface chemistry and catalysis, Wiley, 1994

2. John C. Vickerman, Ian S. Gilmore, Surface analysis: the principal techniques, Wiley, 2009

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-50

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Polymer chemistry






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to polymer chemistry. Student will be able to define basic terms related topolymer synthesis and properties, will be able to select materials for particular applications according to applicationrequirements. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able to broaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Basic definitions in polymer chemistry 2

T-W-2 Molecular masses and macromolecules architectures 2

T-W-3 Basic mechanisms of polymer reactions 2

T-W-4 Synthesis methods of polymers 2

T-W-5 Synthesis and applications of polyesters 2

T-W-6 Synthesis and properties of polyamides 2

T-W-7 Synthesis and applications of polyurethanes 2

T-W-8 Synthesis and properties of thermoplastic elastomers 1










study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_50_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the polymer chemistry

Skills

Polymer chemistry

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_2-_50_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thepolymer chemistry

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_50_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of polymer chemistry



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Davis JF, Polymer chemistry, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2004

2. Cheremisinoff NP, Polymer characterization, Noyes Pub., New York, 1996

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-51

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Polymers in medicine






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to polymeric materials used in medicine. Student will be able to define basicterms related to polymers used in medicine, will be able to select suitable polymers for particular applications according toapplication requirements. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able to broaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Biomaterials and basic concepts of biocompatibility 2

T-W-2 Synthetic polymers and composites for medicine 4

T-W-3 Biopolymers (natural polymers) 4

T-W-4 Biodegradable polymers for tissue engineering 4

T-W-5 Polymers for drug delivery 4

T-W-6 Non-degradable polymeric implants 4

T-W-7 Polymers for medical devices 4

T-W-8 Polymeric hydrogels 4










study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_51_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the polymers in medicine

Skills

Polymers in medicine

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_2-_51_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thepolymers in medicine

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_51_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of polymers in medicine



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Black J, Biological performance of materials, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1999

2. Wise DL, Biomaterials and bioengineering handbook, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2000

3. Ratner BD, Biomaterials science, Elsevier, New York, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-52

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Principles of biochemistry







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Organic Chemistry

W-2 Principles of Biology


C-1 To understand: basic chemical properties of molecules that make life possible, and how these properties relate to specificmacromolecular structures and functions.

C-2 An introduction to biochemical methods to analyze and evaluate the most common compound will be given.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Aminoacids and proteins 3

T-L-2 Enzymes 3

T-L-3 Carbohydrates 3

T-L-4 Lipids 3

T-L-5 DNA isolation. Electrophoresis methods. 3

T-W-1 Protein function, including enzyme catalyzed reactions 3

T-W-2 Structure and function of carbohydrates 3

T-W-3 Lipids and biological membranes 3

T-W-4 Central aspects of metabolism and metabolic control 3

T-W-5 Nucleic acids biochemistry 3

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in class 15A-L-1


Participation in class 15A-W-1



M-2 Laboratory


Principles of biochemistry

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W01Student will understand phenomena, laws, rules, definitions andphysical quantities related to biochemistry.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W02Student will know the application of biochemistry.

T-W-4T-W-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_W03Student will know aspects relating to the plant and animalmetabolism.

T-W-4T-W-5

Skills

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_U01Student will have the ability to biochemical analysis of thedifferent products

T-L-4T-L-5T-W-3

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3 M-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_U02Student can synthesize news, knows the methodologyof research used in biochemistry, knows the developmentof statistical methods and research results and knows howto interpret it and draw conclusions

T-L-4T-L-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_null_U03Student can find information related to the issues ofbiochemistry

T-L-4T-L-5


C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-2WM-WTiICh_2-_null_K01Student can work with other partners during labs

T-L-4T-L-5

C-1C-2 S-1

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-2WM-WTiICh_2-_null_K02Student can work with other partners during writingreports

T-L-4T-L-5




3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0



3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Murray R.K. et al, Illustrated Biochemistry (Lange Medical Book), McGraw-Hill Medical, 2009., 2009, 29

2. Berg J.M., Tymoczko J.L, Stryer L.,, Biochemistry, W H Freeman, New York, 2002, 5

Supplementary reading1. Horton R. et al,, Principles of Biochemistry, Prentice Hal, 2006, 4

2. Kalpana Sengar, Biochemistry Manual, Macmillan, 2012

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-53

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Principles of bioprocess engineering






Other teachers



Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Describe the necessary steps to develop a bioprocess

C-2 Describe the phases of growth of a microorganism

C-3 Describe the 3 primary bioreactor systems, focusing on advantages and disadvantages

C-4 Describe pros and cons of immobilization


T-W-2 Biology for engineers 6

T-W-3 Enzymes 4


T-W-5 Bioreactors 6

T-W-6 Immobilization 2

T-W-7 Principles of separation 2

T-W-8 GMP 2









study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_53_W01Describe the necessary steps to develop a bioprocess

Principles of bioprocess engineering

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_53_W02Describe the phases of growth of a microorganismWM-WTiICh_1-_53_W03Describe the 3 primary bioreactor systems, focusing onadvantages and disadvantages

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_53_U01Discuss pros and cons of immobilization, including practicalconsiderations




2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_53_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_53_W03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Shuler et al., Bioprocess Engineering: Basic Concepts, Prentice Hall

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-54

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Principles of biotechnology






Other teachers



Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Explain the concept of gene expression

C-2 Compare and contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic organisms

C-3 Describe the phases of growth of an organism

C-4 Describe the steps involved in genetic engineering of an organism

C-5 Explain the function of enzymes, including kinetic considerations

C-6 Discuss the pros and cons of GMO, including ethical considerations


T-W-2 Principles of Micro- and Cell Biology 4

T-W-3 Gene expression 4

T-W-4 Enzymes 2


T-W-6 Bioreactors 4

T-W-7 Genetic engineering 4


T-W-9 Ethical considerations 2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Principles of biotechnology

[ logo uczelni ]

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_54_W01Explain the concept of gene expressionWM-WTiICh_1-_54_W02Compare and contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic organismsWM-WTiICh_1-_54_W03Describe the phases of growth of an organismWM-WTiICh_1-_54_W04Describe the steps involved in genetic engineering of anorganismWM-WTiICh_1-_54_W05Explain the function of enzymes, including kinetic considerations

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_54_U01Discuss pros and cons of GMO, including ethical considerations




2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_54_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_54_W03

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_54_W04

2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_54_W05

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Ratledge & Kristiansen, Basic Biotechnology, Cambridge

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-55

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL










C-1The student will be able to:1. Analyze the transient behavior of chemical engineering processes.2. Understand the behavior of control systems.


T-A-1Formulation of mathematical models of selected chemical engineering systems. Transformationtechniques. Linearization of model equations. Process simulation in Matlab Simulink. Detailed analysisof selected processes. Control of selected processes.

30

T-W-1

Introduction. Process modeling fundamentals. Modeling for process operation. Transformationtechniques. Linearization of model equations. Operating points of a systems. Process simulation inMatlab Simulink. Frequency response analysis. The dynamic behavior of systems. Detailed analysis ofselected processes: mixing process, chemical stirred tank reactors, tubular reactors, heat exchangers,evaporators and separators, distillation columns, fermentation reactors. Black box modeling. Time-series identification. Neural networks. Fuzzy modeling. Process control and instrumentation. Behaviourof controlled processes. Control of selected processes.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2








study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_1-_55_W01The student will be able to understand the behavior of controlsystems.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_55_U01The student will be able to now the behavior of chemicalengineering processes and understand the behavior of controlsystems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_55_K01The student will be able to analyze the transient behavior ofchemical engineering processes.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Roffel B., Betlem B., Process Dynamics and Control. Modeling for Control and Prediction, Wiley, Chichester, 2006

2. Ingham J., Dunn I.J., Heinzle E., Pfenosi1 J.E., Chemical Engineering Dynamics, VCH, Weinheim, 1994

3. Luyben M.L., Luyben W.L., Essentials of Process Control, MCGraw-Hill, New York, 1997

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-56

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PROCESS KINETICS










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of chemical engineering kinetics and thermodynamics.2. Identify and describe mathematically the chemical and physical processes associated with chemical and processengineering.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical problems associated with process design.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Solving of problems presented on lectures with computer assistance. 30

T-W-1

Introduction to chemical engineering calculations: units and dimensions, conventions in methods ofanalysis and measurement, chemical reaction equation and stoichiometry. Basic concepts anddefinitions. Chemical engineering kinetics and thermodynamics. Conductive, convective and radiativeheat transfer. Mass transfer in gases and liquids. A study of the design of chemical engineeringsystems. Kinetics of homogeneous systems and the interpretation of kinetic data. Heterogeneoussystems. Two fluid-phase systems. Fixed bed adsorption. Fluid bed systems. The film model. Surfacerenewal models. Adsorption and chemical reaction. Introduction to chemical reaction engineering. Thedesign of single and multiple reactors for simple, simultaneous and consecutive reactions. Theinfluence of temperature, pressure and flow on chemical engineering systems.

30


Written test 2A-A-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes


S-2 Classes: testF

PROCESS KINETICS

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_56_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of chemical engineeringkinetics and thermodynamics.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1 M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_56_U01Student can solve problems associated with process kinetics.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_56_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of process kinetics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of chemical engineering kinetics and thermodynamics.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with process kinetics.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of process kinetics.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. R.B. Bird, W.E. Stewart, E.N. Lightfoot, Transport phenomena, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 20072. H.S. Fogler, Elements of chemical reaction engineering, Prentice Hall International Series in the Physical and Chemical EngineeringSciences, New Jersey, 2006, 4th ed.3. D.M. Himmelblau, Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering, Prentice Hall International (UK) Limited, London, 1996

4. E.I., Shaheen, Basic Practice of Chemical Engineering, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1984, 2nd ed.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-57

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit PROCESS SAFETY ENGINEERING









W-2 Thermodynamics


C-1

Students in this course will learn how to apply basic chemical engineering fundamentals involving energy and massbalances, fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer, thermodynamics, etc. to the analysis and design of elements ofprocesses and process equipment associated with loss prevention and safe operations involving hazardous materials and/orconditions. Techniques for process hazard analysis, risk assessment, and accident investigations are also covered.A case study approach will allow demonstrating the potential risks involved in many process operations in chemical orsimilar plants.


T-P-1 Students will analyse a case study in process safety for the selected chemical process or storage ofhazardous chemicals 30

T-W-1 Process Safety Management; Responsibility; OSHA and EPA Regulations 2

T-W-2 Properties of Toxic Materials; Industrial Hygiene 2

T-W-3 Vaporization Rates; Dilution; Ventilation; 2

T-W-4 Toxic and Flammable Release and Dispersion Modeling 4

T-W-5 Fires and Explosions; Flammability, MOC; Explosions, Detonations, Blast Damage 4

T-W-6 Fire and Explosion Protection and Prevention; Inerting and Purging; Static Electricity; Ventilation 4

T-W-7 Hazard Identification; DOW F&EI, HAZOP, Safety Reviews 4

T-W-8 Risk Assessment; Probability Theory; Event Tree; Fault Tree 4

T-W-9 Accident Investigations 4


One-on-One Teaching Consultations 30A-P-2




M-2 practical methods - case study/project


PROCESS SAFETY ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-2 written final test/reportP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2


M-1

WM-WTiICh_1-_57_W01Student knows how to apply basic chemical engineeringfundamentals involving energy and mass balances, fluidmechanics, heat and mass transfer, thermodynamics, etc. to theanalysis and design of elements of processes and processequipment associated with loss prevention and safe operationsinvolving hazardous materials and/or conditions. Techniques forprocess hazard analysis, risk assessment, and accidentinvestigations are also covered.A case study approach will allow demonstrating the potentialrisks involved in many process operations in chemical or similarplants.


Skills

C-1 S-1

T-P-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_57_U01Student will have the following skills in the field of: - calculatingthe extent of danger zones in natural and turbulent dispersion. -calculation of the extent of hazard zones in the flow scattering. -determination and design of natural ventilation. - determinationof explosion hazard zones for industrial and storage facilities.


C-1 S-1S-2

T-P-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_57_K01Student will be aware of the responsibility for safety in theworkplace and in chemical industry and also will know how toeliminate risk of occurrence of potential major industrialaccident












Required reading1. D.A. Crowl, J.A. Louvar, Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications, Prentice Hall PTR, 2002

2. R. E. Sanders, Chemical Process Safety, Elsevier, 20113. D.P. Nolan, Safety and Security Review for the Process Industries: Application of HAZOP, PHA, What-IF and SVA Reviews, Elsevier,2014

Supplementary reading1. I. Sutton, Process Risk and Reliability Management, Gulf Professional Publishing, 2014

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-58

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit QUALITY ENGINEERING







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 mathematics, statistics - basic course


C-1 The course aim is to give a general introduction to the theory and practice of quality management and to learn methodsuseful in quality control and improvement

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Calculating the probability of finding (z) scraps in the sample. 2

T-A-2 Application binomial, Poisson and normal distributions for calculating the probability of productmeeting the quality requirements 4

T-A-3 Designing various Shewhard variables control charts (charts x-R or x-s). 4

T-A-4 Designing various Shewhard attributes control charts (charts p, np, c, u). 4

T-A-5 Designing various single and double-sampling plans for attributes: normal, tightened and reducedtypes of sampling plans. 6

T-A-6 Designing various sampling plans for variables (normal, tightened and reduced); metods s and sigma. 8

T-A-7 Written test 2

T-W-1 The meaning of quality, quality improvement and quality management. Quality engineeringterminology. 1

T-W-2 Statistical methods useful in quality control and improvement. 2

T-W-3 Statistical models for quality control; Important discrete distribution (binomial distribution, Poissondistribution); Important continous distribution (normal dostribution). 2

T-W-4 Statistical process monitoring and control techniques - principles, methods and tools (Pareto chart,cause and effect diagram, scater diagram) 2

T-W-5 Statistical process control: Shewhart control chart (variables or attributes), cumulative sum controlchart. 2

T-W-6 Basic acceptance sampling peoblems. Random sampling. Types of sampling plans. 1

T-W-7 Single-sampling plans, double-sampling plans or multiple-sampling plans for attributes. 2

T-W-8 Acceptance sampling plans for variables; method s and sigma. 2

T-W-9 Written test 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance a course 28A-A-1

General analysis of the problem solved in the worshop 24A-A-2

Repetition of the workshop content to the test 6A-A-3

Written test 2A-A-4


QUALITY ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursLiterature study on the topics discussed within the frame of the lectures 25A-W-2

Repetition of the lectures content to the test 20A-W-3

Written test 1A-W-4


M-2 Examples of solving problems




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_58_W01Student has the knowledge about the methods and tools used tocontrol the process and product quality.


Skills

C-1 S-1T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3 M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_58_U01Student has the skill to choose the methods and the calculationof the parameters characterizing the quality of processproduction and final product.

T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6


C-1 S-1

T-A-3T-A-4T-A-5T-A-6T-W-1T-W-2

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_58_K01Student understands the need to learn constantly of newmethods and techniques to solve engineering problems




2,03,0 Student has the knowledge about methods and tools used to control the process and product quality on basic level

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student has the skill to choose the methods and the calculation of the parameters characterizing the quality of process

production and final product on basic level.3,54,04,55,0



level.3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Doty L.A., Statistical Process Control., Industrial Press Inc., New York, 1996, second edition2. Montgomery D.C., Statistical Quality Control: A Modern Introduction, John Wiley & Sons, Asia, 2009, sixth edition, InternationalStudent Version3. Montgomery D.C., Introduction to Statistical Quality Control., John Wiley & Sons, 2005, Fifth edition, International Student Version

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-59

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit RAW MATERIALS FOR THE COSMETICS PRODUCTS






Other teachers



Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student has knowledge about synthesis and isolations of organic compounds, their identifications by instruments methods

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Synthesis of cosmetic products 10


T-L-3 Identifications and properties of cosmetic compounds 10




lecture study, self-study 20A-L-4


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 written reports, gradeF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_59_W01Student will have knowledge on the methods of:synthesis of cosmetic products, identifying cosmetic productsand determining the biological activity of cosmetic products.WM-WTiICh_2-_59_W02Student will have knowledge how to isolate cosmetic productsfrom post-reaction mixtures.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_2-_59_U01Student is able to characterize the obtained products (using theknowledge). Student can determine physicochemical properties(uses knowledge).


RAW MATERIALS FOR THE COSMETICS PRODUCTS

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_2-_59_K01Student can characterize other products of natural origin.Student is able to extract natural raw materials from plantmaterials.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_2-_59_W02

2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Cannell R.J.P., Natural Products Isolation, Humana Press lnc, Totowa, 1998, 4th edition

2. Baki G., Kenneth S.A., Introduction to Cosmetic Formulation and Technology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Hoboken, 2015, 1st edition

Supplementary reading1. Gulcin I., Antioxidant Activity of Eugenol: A Structure–Activity Relationship Study, 2011, Journal of Medicinal Food, vol. 14, no. 9, pp.975 - 9852. Vanin A.B., Orlando T., Piazza S.P., Puton B.M.S., Cansian R.L., Oliveira D., Paroul N., Antimicrobial and Antioxidant Activities of CloveEssential Oil and Eugenyl Acetate Produced by Enzymatic Esterification, 2014, Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology, vol. 174, no. 4,pp. 1286–1298

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-60

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES









W-2 Thermodynamics

W-3 Heat transfer


C-1

Student is expected to be able to:• List and generally explain the main sources of energy and their primary applications in the world.• Describe the challenges and problems associated with the use of various energy sources, including fossil fuels,about future supply and the environment.• Discuss remedies/potential solutions to the supply and environmental issues associated with fossil fuels and otherenergy resources.• List and describe the primary renewable energy resources and technologies.• Describe/illustrate basic electrical concepts and system components.• Make quantity/quality comparisons among energy uses, resources, and technologies.


T-A-1 Students will analyse/calculate many examples of the application of renewable energy resources toidentify the optimal solutions. 30

T-W-1 Introduction to renewable energy sources 2

T-W-2 Energy from the physical view 2

T-W-3 Renewable energy - hydropower, wind energy, solar energy, geothermal energy and energy of biomass 10

T-W-4 Fossil fuels and nuclear energy 4

T-W-5 Transmission and energy storage 4

T-W-6 World energy balance 2

T-W-7 Environmental aspects of energy consumption 2

T-W-8 Economic aspects of energy production and consumption 2

T-W-9 Emerging technologies 2


One-on-One Teaching Consultations 30A-A-2




RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

[ logo uczelni ]

Teaching methods / toolsM-2 practical methods - tutorials





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2


M-1

WM-WTiICh_2-_60_W01Student is expected to be able to list and generally explain themain sources of energy and their primary applications in theworld.Student is expected to be able to describe the challenges andproblems associated with the use of various energy sources,including fossil fuels, about future supply and the environment.Student is expected to be able to discuss remedies/potentialsolutions to the supply and environmental issues associatedwith fossil fuels and other energy resources.Student is expected to be able to list and describe the primaryrenewable energy resources and technologies.Student is expected to be able to describe/illustrate basicelectrical concepts and system components.Student is expected to be able to make quantity/qualitycomparisons among energy uses, resources, and technologies.


Skills

C-1 S-1

T-A-1

M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_60_U01Student can ensure adequate protection of his/her ownworkplace and assess the risks during testing, measurementsand experimentsStudent is able to acquire, critically evaluate and creativelyprocess information from the scientific literature databases, andother properly chosen sources


C-1 S-1S-2

T-A-1T-W-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_2-_60_K01Student is able to define the social role of the graduate oftechnical university, particularly in the dissemination oftechnical culture in society and communicating in a meaningfuland attractive way information on the achievements of appliedenergetics and its effects on development of moderntechnologies, especially in the renewable energy sectorStudent is able to work as individual or in group












Required reading

[ logo uczelni ]

Required reading1. B. Godfrey, Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford Univ. Press, 2004

2. J. F. Manwell, J. G. McGowan, A. L. Rogers, Wind energy explained, theory, design and application, Wiley and sons LTD, 2005

3. Taylor, F. W., Elementary climate physics, Oxford University Press, 2005

Supplementary reading1. Boyle, Godfrey, Bob Everett, and Janet Ramage, Energy Systems and Sustainability: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford UniversityPress, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-61

8,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 8,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Research project






Dzięcioł Małgorzata ([email protected])Leading teacherBartkowiak Marcin ([email protected]), Czech Zbigniew ([email protected]),Janus Ewa ([email protected]), Ossowicz Paula ([email protected]), UrbalaMagdalena ([email protected])

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of chemistry, mathematics and analytical methods

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Applying of knowledge and skills learned during studies to solving a practical research problem


T-L-1

The students accomplish the research project concerning a given subject. It consist of literaturestudies, concept of project realization, selection of used materials, performing the selected process,characteristic of obtained products, control measurements using proper methods and instruments,calculations, discussion of the results, conclusions. Description of all this aspects should be given in thewritten project report.

120

T-S-1 The students present results of literature studies, concept and progress of project realization. 15

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursLiterature studies 10A-L-1

Consultations with tutor 15A-L-2

Project realization 120A-L-3

Elaboration of experimental results 15A-L-4

Preparation of written report 20A-L-5

Literature studies and learning 15A-S-1

Participation in classes 15A-S-2

Preparation of presentation 15A-S-3

Consultations 15A-S-4


M-2 project

M-3 seminar

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 assessment of progress of the workF

S-2 presentations during seminarP

S-3 assessment of the quality of written project reportP

Research project

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_W01Student has an extended knowledge about the issues related tothe project.

T-S-1

Skills

C-1 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_U01Student will be able to analyze new research problems and topropose strategies to solve them.

T-S-1

C-1 S-1S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_U02Student will be able to elaborate and to execute researchproject under the supervision of the tutor.

T-S-1

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_U03Student will be able to perform evaluation and interpretation ofdata from the literature and from the experimental work.

T-S-1

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_U04Student will be able to prepare of written scientific report and toprepare oral presentation using audiovisual ways.

T-S-1


C-1S-1S-2S-3

T-L-1 M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_K01Student is aware of the responsibility for the results of studies.

T-S-1

C-1 S-1T-L-1 M-1

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_K02Student is able to work in an international team.

T-S-1



2,03,0 Student has a basic knowledge of the issues related to the project

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to choose the proper method of project realization with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_U02

2,03,0 Student is able to execute research project with the help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_U03

2,03,0 Student is able to data handling

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_U04

2,03,0 Student presents written and oral reports from the research project

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 Student is able to develop research results with help of the teacher

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_61_K02

2,03,0 Student is able to communicate in English language

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Literature connected with the research subject, including books, articles and patents

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-62

8,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 8,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit RESEARCH PROJECT IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING






Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Fundamentals of Chemical Engineering

W-2 Chemical engineering reaction

W-3 Physics, mathematics

W-4 Numerical or process simulation tools: CFD, Aspen Plus, Matlab

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Learn how to conduct the case study based on literature

C-2 Learn how to present complex data or situations clearly

C-3 Learn how to review and analyze research findings that affect the process

C-4 Learn how to prepare a preliminary research design for projects in their subject matter areas

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-P-1 Literature review of the subject of a research project 15

T-P-2 Identify an appropriate research design 10

T-P-3 Conduct the appropriate research activities: measurements, numerical simulation, design orcalculation 50

T-P-4 Data analysis 25

T-P-5 Write the final research paper according to identified guidelines 10

T-P-6 Meeting with the instructor to discuss research and writing methods and to review progress on his/herresearch paper 10


Reporting results of data analysis 65A-P-2

Completing the research project 35A-P-3

Make revisions to final copy of research paper 25A-P-4

Preparing presentation 25A-P-5



Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 assessment of progress of the work - monthly written reportsF

S-2 written final project reportP

RESEARCH PROJECT IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_62_W01Student knows how to apply basic chemical engineeringfundamentals involving energy and mass balances, fluidmechanics, heat and mass transfer, thermodynamics, etc. to theanalysis and design processes, part of process and processequipment.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_2-_62_U01Student will have the following skills in the field of:- design experiments to obtain relevant data-utilize numerical software packages to simulate transportphenomena and thermodynamics-analyze data appropriately to extract parameters of interest-characterize, quantify, and report error in results andcalculations-present technical information effectively in written and verbalform

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_62_K01Student knows how to individually study the problem: from itformulate to the solution and also propose possible solutions.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. McCabe W.L., Smith J.C., Harriott P., Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill, New York, 20052. Sinnott R.K., Coulson & Richardson’s Chemical Engineering, Vol. 6: Chemical Engineering Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford,20033. Moin, P., Fundamentals of Engineering Numerical Analysis, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2010

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-63

15,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 15,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Research project on mixing of multiphase systems







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 course: Agitation and Agitated Vessels

W-2 course: Chemical Engineering Fundamentals

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 The research project aims to give the material needed to prepare diploma work

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Experimental study of hydrodynamics in mechanically agitated multiphase systems 105

T-L-2 Computations of the measurements results 15

T-P-1 Literature survey on mechanically agitated multiphase systems 60

T-P-2 Analysis of the experimental results obtained in laboratory work 90

T-P-3 Preparation of the final research report 30

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursObligatory attendance the laboratory 105A-L-1

Computations of the experimental results obtained 90A-L-2

Obligatory participation in the consultations with the teacher 45A-L-3



Final analysis of the problem solved within the frame of the research project 25A-P-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Laboratory work

M-2 Projects method

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 final research projectF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-P-1T-P-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_63_W01to give the material needed to prepare diploma work on mixingof multiphase systems

T-P-3

Research project on mixing of multiphase systems

[ logo uczelni ]

Skills

C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_63_U01to provide practical knowledge within the framework of themixing of multiphase systems

T-P-2T-P-3


C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_63_K01student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of the mixing of multiphase systems

T-P-1T-P-2



2,03,0 student has ability to explain on the basic level theoretical problems on mixing of multiphase systems

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student has ability to solve and calculate on the basic level different practical problems on mixing of multiphase systems

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student understands on the basic level the needs of the continuous training and development in the field of the mixing of

multiphase systems3,54,04,55,0


2. Mixing Equipment (Impeller Type), AiChE Equipment Testing Procedure, 3rd Edition, New York, 2001, ISBN 0-8169-0836-2


4. Paul E.L., Atiemo-Obeng V.A., Kresta S.M (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial Mixing, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2004

5. Tatterson G.B., Fluid Mixing and Gas Dispersion in Agitated Tanks, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1991

Supplementary reading1. Gogate P.R., Beenackers A.A.C.M., Pandit A.B., Multiple-impeller systems with a special emphasis on bioreactors: A critical review,Biochemical Engineering Journal, 2000, 6, 109-144, DOI:10.1016/S1369-703X(00)00081-4

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-64

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit SEPARATION PROCESSES










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of separation of chemical mixtures by industrial processes, including bioprocesses.2. Describe the scientific principles associated with separation equipments.3. Demonstrate basic knowledge of making mass balances and specifying component recovery and product purity.4. Demonstrate basic knowledge of modeling and simulation of separation processes using POLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS andHYSYS.


T-A-1

Thermodynamic analysis of selected separation processes. Single equilibrium stages calculations.Flash calculations. Calculation of selected separation processes: distillation, liquid–liquid extraction,supercritical extraction, membrane separations, adsorption, ion exchange, chromatography,electrophoresis, mechanical phase separations. Modeling and simulation of separation processes usingPOLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS and HYSYS.

30

T-W-1

Introduction. Fundamental concepts. Thermodynamics of separation processes. Mass transfer anddiffusion. Single equilibrium stages calculations. Flash calculations. Cascades systems. Hybrid systems.Absorption. Stripping of dilute mixtures. Distillation. Liquid–liquid Extraction. Multicomponent,multistage separations. Supercritical extraction. Membrane separations. Adsorption. Ion exchange.Chromatography. Electrophoresis. Mechanical phase separations. Modeling and simulation ofseparation processes using POLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS and HYSYS.

30




Tutorial 10A-W-2






SEPARATION PROCESSES

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_64_W01The student will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge ofseparation of chemical mixtures by industrial processes,including bioprocesses.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_64_U01The student will be able to describe the scientific principlesassociated with separation equipments.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_64_K01The student will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge ofmodeling and simulation of separation processes usingPOLYMATH, ASPEN PLUS and HYSYS.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Seader J.D., Henley E.J., Separation process principles, Wiley, New York, 20062. Seader J. D., Henley E.J., Roper D.K., Martin R.E., Separation process principles. Chemical and biochemical operations, Wiley, NewYork, 20113. Wankat P.C., Separation Process Engineering, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 20124. Noble R.D., Terry P.A., Principles of chemical separations with environmental applications, Cambridge University Press, New York,2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-65

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit SIMULATION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESSESUSING MATHAD AND MATLAB










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of Mathcad and Matlab functions and instructions.2. Identify the various types of numerical methods.

C-2Student will be able to:1. Demonstrate ability of using Mathcad and Matlab to solve basic calculation problems.2. Solve typical fundamental problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Mathcad and Matlab.


T-W-1

Solution of the selected problems in chemical engineering: basic principles and calculations, problemsof regression and correlation of data, advanced solution methods in problem solving. Thermodynamics.Heat transfer. Mass transfer. Problems of fluid mechanics. Examples of selected problems: dew pointcalculation for an ideal binary mixture, variation of reaction rate with temperature, shooting methodfor solving two-point boundary value problems, fugacity coefficients for ammonia – experimental andpredicted, optimal pipe length for draining a cylindrical tank in turbulent flow, heat transfer from atriangular fin, unsteady-state conduction in two dimensions, simultaneous heat and mass transfer incatalyst particles.

30









Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Lecture: homeworkF


SIMULATION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESSES USING MATHAD AND MATLAB

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_65_W01Student demonstrates knowledge of Mathcad and Matlabfunctions and instructions.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_65_U01Student can solve problems associated with chemical andprocess engineering using Mathcad and Matlab.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2


T-W-1



2,03,0 Student demonstrates basic knowledge of Mathcad and Matlab functions and instructions.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic problems associated with chemical and process engineering using Mathcad and Matlab.

3,54,04,55,0




Required reading1. L. Fausett, Numerical methods using Mathcad, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education Ltd., London, 2002

2. L. Fausett, Numerical methods using Matlab, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education Ltd., London, 2007, 2nd ed.3. O.T. Hanna, O.C. Sandall, Computational methods in chemical engineering, Prentice Hall International Series in the Physical andChemical Engineering Sciences, New Jersey, 19954. M.B. Cutlip, M. Shacham, Problem solving in chemical engineering with numerical methods, Prentice Hall International Series in thePhysical and Chemical Engineering Sciences, New Jersey, 19995. H. Moore, Matlab for engineers, Pearson Education International, New York, 2007, 2nd ed.

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-66

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Special methods of separation






Kiełbus-Rąpała Anna ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Basis of Chemical Engineering


C-1 The course aim is to give information about special techniques used to separation of substances: the principle of separation,physical basis, equipment, advantages and disadvantages of particlular method; the examples of use.

C-2 Shaping the skills of calculations in the field of special separation methods and apparatus used in these methods


T-A-1 Calculation of tasks related to processes and apparatus in the field of special separation methodsdiscussed during the lecture 28

T-A-2 written exam 2

T-W-1 Introduction to the subject. Division and general characteristics of special separation methods. 2

T-W-2 Permeation. Mechanisms for transporting the component through the membrane. Classification ofpermeation separation methods. Division of methods due to the driving force of the process. 2

T-W-3Characteristics of permeation methods: membrane separation processes: micro-, ultra- andnanofiltration, reverse osmosis, electrolysis, dialysis, electrodialysis, gas and vapour permeation,pervaporation, membrane distillation. Liquid membranes. Basis of processes. Examples of use.

5

T-W-4 Membrane separation in nuclear technology. Isotope separation. Purification of liquid radioactive wasteby ultrafiltration. Concentration of radioactive solutions by membrane distillation. 2

T-W-5 Separation in ultracentrifuges. Theoretical basis of the process. Centrifuge construction. 2

T-W-6Thermal diffusion method. Apparatus used to separate components of mixtures by thermodiffusionmethod. Construction solutions of thermal diffusion columns for separation of liquid mixtures and gasmixtures

2

T-W-7 Surface sorption methods; bubble or foam separation, flotation. Foam flotation. 2

T-W-8 Crystallization methods. Zone refining (zone melting). Additive crystallization. 2

T-W-9 Coprecipitation. 1

T-W-10 Electroforetic separation methods. Electroforetic carriers. Division of electroforetic methods. Capillaryelectrophoresis. Types of electrophoresis. Application of electromigration techniques. 2

T-W-11 Chromatografic separation method. 3

T-W-12 Chemical methods. Ion exchange. Ionites classification. 2

T-W-13 Separation methods using a magnetic field 1

T-W-14 written test 2


consultation with teacher 5A-A-2

Calculation and analysis of tasks 15A-A-3

Special methods of separation

[ logo uczelni ]

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursPreparation for written exam 10A-A-4


Literature study on the topics discussed during the lectures 10A-W-2



Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture illustrated by presentation

M-2 Exercises

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 writen testP



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_66_W01Student has the knowledge about the different special methodsused to separation of mixtures.

T-W-8T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13

C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_66_W02The student has the skills to explain physical basis, principles ofoperation of a particular method and the equipment required forit

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13

Skills

C-1 S-1

T-A-1T-W-2T-W-3T-W-4T-W-5T-W-6T-W-7

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_66_U01Student has the skills to choose the appropriate method ofseparation for a given mixture and to explain away the choice

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13T-W-14

C-2 S-1T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_66_U02Student has the skills to calculate basic parameters and solvedifferent problems in the field of special methods of separationand apparatus used in these methods


C-1 S-1


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_66_K01The student understands the need to learn constantly of newmethods and techniques to solve engineering problems

T-W-8T-W-9T-W-10T-W-11T-W-12T-W-13



2,03,0 The student has the ability to explain physical basis, principles of operation of a particular method and the equipment

required for it on the basic level3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_66_W02

2,03,0 Student has ability to explain on the basic level physical basis, principles of operation of a particular method and the

equipment required for it3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 Student has ability to choose appropriate method of separation for a given mixture and explain away the choice on the basic

level3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_66_U02

2,03,0 Student has the skill of calculation of various process and apparatus parameters regarding special methods of separation

and solving engineering problems in this area on the basic level3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands on the basic level the need to learn constantly of new methods and techniques to solve engineering

problems in the field of separation of mixtures3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Bitter J.G.A, Transport Mechanisms in Membrane Separation Processes, 1991

2. Patnaik, P., Dean's Analytical Chemistry Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 2004, 2nd Edition

3. Henley, E.J., Seader, J.D., Roper D.K., Separation Process Principles, Wiley, 2013, 3rd Edition

4. Reiner Westermeier, Electrophoresis in practice, Wiley, 2005, 3rd Edition

5. Rickwood D., Ford T., Steensgaard J., Centrifugation: Essential Data, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994

Supplementary reading1. Henley, E.J., Seader, J.D., Roper D.K., Separation Process Principles, Wiley, 2012, 3rd Edition International Student Version

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-67

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Spectroscopic methods









W-2 Fundamentals of organic chemistry.


C-1 To gain the knowledge about the theory of spectroscopic methods and their application in qualitative and quantitativeanalysis.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Calculation of a compound concentration expressed in various concentration units. 2

T-A-2 Calculation the concentration of a solution after dillution. 2

T-A-3 Solving some excercisses concerning the interaction of the matter with light (absorbance,transmitance). 1

T-A-4 Determination of compounds based on Lambert-Beer's low in single and multicomponent mixtures. 3

T-A-5 The application of calibration curve in quantitative analysis of componds. 2

T-A-6 Limit of detection, method sensitivity and precision - calculation. 1

T-A-7The application of NMR spectroscopy in qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic compounds(the calculation of the position of the band corresponding to particular proton on the basis on empiricalequations, determination of a compound purity).

2

T-A-8 Application of MS spectra in determination of organic compounds composition (Beynon table). 2

T-L-1 The measurements of UV-vis spectra and their application in qualitative and quantitative analysis ofvarious compounds. 10

T-L-2 The recording and interpretation of IR spectra. 10

T-L-3 Analysis of multicomponent mixtures by spectroscopic methods supported by computer programs. 10

T-L-4 Precise analysis of NMR spectra with the use of technical software. 10

T-L-5 The interpretation of MS spectra of various group of organic compounds. 5

T-W-1Explanation of wave-particle duality of electromagnetic radiation and influence of itsabsorption/emission by atom or molecule on their properties. Theoretical studies of phenomenaproceeding in the molecule/atom under the irradiation.

2

T-W-2The theory of ultraviolet-visual spectroscopy (UV-VIS); the Lambert-Beer's low and the reason of thedeparture from this low: association, solvatochromism, thermochromism, photochromism,halochromism.

2

T-W-3 The application of UV-vis spectrophotometry to the analysis of multicomponent mixtures (theory,mathematics and software). 2

T-W-4 The use of UV-vis spectrophotometers into the studies of luminescent materials. 1

T-W-5 Infrared spectroscopy (IR) and its application to qualitative analysis of solids and liquids. 2

Spectroscopic methods

[ logo uczelni ]


T-W-6 The application of IR spectroscopy to quantitative analysis of compounds (methods, their possibilitiesand limitations). 2

T-W-7 The theory of NMR spectrometry. The analysis of the spectra of various compounds. 2

T-W-8 MS spectrometry: types of MS spectrometers, the methods of ionisation. 2







Individual analysis of avialable spectra 5A-W-3


M-2 Classes

M-3 Laboratory







study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1S-4


M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_67_W01He has a knowledge about the fundamentals of the selectedspectroscopic method and their application in qualitative andquantitative analysis.


Skills

C-1 S-2S-3


M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_67_U01Student is able to make some calculation concerning theanalysis with the interpretation of obtained results.


C-1 S-2S-4

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-3WM-WTiICh_1-_67_U02Student can plane and carry the experiment with theinterpretation of obtained results.

T-L-4T-L-5


C-1 S-4T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-3WM-WTiICh_1-_67_K01Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order tosolve particular problem.

T-L-4T-L-5T-W-1



2,03,0 Student has a fundamental knowledge about particular spectroscopic method.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to make some calculation concerning the analysis.

3,54,04,55,0

[ logo uczelni ]


2,03,0 Student can carry simple experiment with the interpretation of obtained results.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student is able to choose the appropriate method in order to solve less complicated problem.

3,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Field, L. D, Strnhell, S, Kalman, J.R., Organic structures from spectra, Chichester: John Wiley and Sons, 20022. Bartecki, A. , Lang, L., Absorption spectra in the ultraviolet and visible region., House of the Hungarian. Academy of Sciences,Budapest, 19823. Láng, L., Holly, S, Sohár, P., Absorption spectra in the infrared region, Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 1980

4. Rahman, Atta-ur, One and two dimensional NMR spectroscopy,, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2011

5. Perkampus, Heinz-Helmut, Encyclopedia of spectroscopy, Weinheim : VCH, 1995

Supplementary reading1. Reichardt, Christian, Solvents and solvent effects in organic chemistry, Weinheim : VCH, 1990

2. Evans, Myron Wyn, S., The photon’s magnetic field : optical NMR spectroscopy, World Scientific, Singapore, 19923. Strobel, Howard A., Chemical instrumentation : a systematic approach to instrumental analysis, Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley,2011

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-68

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Surfactants chemistry and analysis






Janus Ewa ([email protected]), Ossowicz Paula ([email protected])Other teachers




C-1 Student has knowledge about physical properties of surfactants and their solutions (solubility, Kraft point, cloud point,adsorption at interfacial surface, interfacial tension)

C-2 Student has knowledge about colloids with surfactants - micelles, emulsions and microemulsions, liquid crystals

C-3 Student has knowledge about effects delivered by surfactants - including wetting, foaming, detergency, emulsification,solubilisation

C-4 Student has skills of determination of surfactants and their properties in different commercial products

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Determination of cloud points of nonionic surfactants. Effect of chemical structure on the cloud point. 5

T-L-2 Determination of the surface tension of surfactant solutions-effect of surfactants structure andadditives. 5

T-L-3 Critical micelle concentration - methods of determination 5

T-L-4 Determination of Krafft point and solubility of surfactants 5

T-L-5 Analysis of anionic and cationic surfactants in different commercial products 5

T-L-6 Chemical and thermal stability of surfactants 5

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursLiterature study 15A-L-1

Laboratory work 30A-L-2

Analysis of the results and their interpretation 20A-L-3

Project work 25A-L-4



S-2 continuous assessmentF



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

Surfactants chemistry and analysis

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_2-_68_W01Student will have knowledge of surfactant properties, theirinteraction with substrates and analysis methods

SkillsWM-WTiICh_2-_68_U01Uses knowledge to characterize the basic physicochemicalproperties of surfactants and their solutions as well as colloidalsystems created with their participation.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_68_K01Student is able to indicate by-products and waste substancesarising in the production process of selected groups ofsurfactants and their impact on the quality of surfactants andthe ways of their elimination.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. R. J. Farn (Ed.), Chemistry and Technology of Surfactants, Blackwell Publishing, 2006

2. M. R. Potter, Handbook of surfactants, Springer Science + Business Media, 1993, Chapter 4

3. European standards

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-69

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Technologies in environmental protection I







Other teachers


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Knowledge about contaminations in air and water.

C-2 Knowledge about the technology used in contaminants removal from air, water and wastewater.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-A-1 Methods of emission control. 6

T-A-2 Removal of sulfur and nitrogen oxides from combustion gases. 3

T-A-3 Methods of clean-up of municipal and industrial effluents. 6

T-W-1 Air and water pollutants. 1

T-W-2 Sources of emission of air pollutants. Global problems of air protection. Systems of monitoring of airpollutants. 2

T-W-3 Methods of particulate matter emission control. Types of dust collectors (settling chambers, inertialdust collectors, wet scrubbers, fabric filters, electrostatic precipitators). 3

T-W-4 Methods of gas emission control (absorption, adsorption, thermal and catalytic combustion,condensation). 3

T-W-5 Sources of water contaminants. Characteristic, classification and composition of effluents. 1

T-W-6 Technologies for removal of contaminants from water (conventional treatment systems: primary andsecondary treatment, advanced treatment processes). 4

T-W-7 Written test (grade). 1

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursParticipation in seminar classes 15A-A-1

Individual work with literature 7A-A-2

Preparing of presentation 8A-A-3



Preparing to complete the course 12A-W-3

Teaching methods / toolsM-1 Lecture with presentation

M-2 Discussion

M-3 Seminar


Technologies in environmental protection I

[ logo uczelni ]

Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Evaluation of presentationP

S-2 Written test (grade)P



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-2T-W-1T-W-2 M-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_69_W01Student will be able to characterize popular environmentalpollutants and indicate sources of its emission.

T-W-5

C-2 S-2T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_69_W02Student will be able to explain principles of operation of devicesand technologies used in environment protection.

T-W-3T-W-4T-W-6

Skills

C-1C-2 S-1

T-A-1T-A-2 M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_69_U01Student will be able to collect, organize and present data fromliterature.

T-A-3


C-1 S-1T-A-1T-A-2T-A-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_69_K01student is aware of the harmful influence of pollution on theenvironment

T-W-1T-W-2T-W-5



2,03,0 student is able to describe the main environmental pollutants

3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_69_W02

2,03,0 student is able to explain principles of operation of selected devices used in environmental protection

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to prepare a presentation on a specified topic

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to describe the main problems associated with the environmental pollution

3,54,04,55,0




[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-70

2,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 2,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Technologies in environmental protection II






Other teachers


Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Knowledge and skills associated with the technology used in contaminants removal from air, water and wastewater.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Elimination of iron from water 5

T-L-2 The use of activated carbon for the removal of oxidizable compounds from water 5

T-L-3 Elimination of phosphorus from water by precipitation method 5

T-L-4 Determination of nitrogen dioxide in air by spectrophotometric method 5

T-L-5 Adsorption of toluene on granular activated carbon 5

T-L-6 Study of paracetamol adsorption 5


Preparing for classes - individual work with literature 15A-L-2

Consultation 3A-L-3



M-2 Discussion


Evaluation methods (F - progressive, P - final)S-1 Evaluation of knowledge connected with particular exercisesF

S-2 Evaluation of working in the laboratoryF




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_70_W01Student will be able to explain principles of operation of devicesand technologies used in environment protection.

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6

Skills

Technologies in environmental protection II

[ logo uczelni ]

C-1 S-2S-3

T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_70_U01Student will be able to perform analysis of selected pollutants.

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6

C-1 S-3T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_70_U02Student will be able to evaluate the treatment processesefficiency.

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6


C-1 S-1T-L-1T-L-2T-L-3

M-1M-2M-3

WM-WTiICh_1-_70_K01student is aware of the harmful influence of pollution on theenvironment

T-L-4T-L-5T-L-6



2,03,0 student is able to explain principles of operation of selected devices used in environmental protection

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to perform analysis of selected pollutants on his own, but he/she need the help of teacher for calculations and

interpretation of results3,54,04,55,0

WM-WTiICh_1-_70_U02

2,03,0 student is able to calculate the efficiency of methods applied in the laboratory

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 student is able to describe the harmful effect of determined substances on the environment

3,54,04,55,0




[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-71

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit TECHNOLOGY OF ELASTOMETRIC MATERIALS ANDRUBBER





Piątek-Hnat Marta ([email protected])Leading teacher

Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Polymer chemistry

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student has knowledge of typical group natural and synthetic rubber

C-2 Student has knowledge of typical group thermoplastic elastomers

C-3 Student can recognize relationship between structure and properties and applications rubber and elastomers

C-4 Student can name and describe steps in the production of rubber and thermoplastic elastomers


T-W-1 Natural rubber ( Source, Cultivation, Harvesting, Biosynthesis of rubber, composition of latex, cropcollection) 2

T-W-2 Crop processing of rubber ( preservation and concentration of latex, ribbed smoked sheet- RSS, palelatex crepe and sole crepe, field coagulum crepe, technically specified rubbers - TSR) 3

T-W-3 Properties of natural rubber (raw rubber, vulcanised rubber) 2

T-W-4 Vulcanisation (vulcanisation with sulphur, non-sulphur vulcanisation) 2

T-W-5Synthetic elastomers (compounding and vulcanisation, synthetic elastomer polymerisation,polybutadiene- BR, polyisoprene- IR, styrene-bytadiene rubber - SBR, saturated elastomer - EPM,EPDM,IIR, BIIR/CIIR, EAM, solvent resistant elastomers (NBR, CR, ACM,CSM), silicone rubber

4

T-W-6Thermoplastic elastomers ( styrene block copolymers, thermoplastic polyurethanes- TPU, blockcopolymers, dynamically vulcanised rubber/plastic blends, copolyester TPEE, polyether polyamide TPE,thermoplastic polyolefins,

5

T-W-7 Fillers and rubber additives- compounding ingredients 4

T-W-8 Rubber mixing (rheology of mixing) 2

T-W-9 Properties of thermoplastic elastomers and Rubber 2

T-W-10 Rubber and thermoplastic elastomers applications. 2

T-W-11 Rubber recycling 2

Student workload - forms of activity Number of hoursPresentation preparation 30A-W-1





TECHNOLOGY OF ELASTOMETRIC MATERIALS AND RUBBER

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_71_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of elastomeric materials and rubber

SkillsWM-WTiICh_2-_71_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of theelastomeric materials and rubber

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_71_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the filed of technology elastomeric materialsand rubber



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. J.R. White, S.K. De, Rubber Technologist"s Handbook, Rapra Technology, UK, 2001

2. Dick, John S., Rubber Technology Compounding and Testing for Performance, Carl Hanser Verlag GmbH & Co. KG, 2009

3. Brendan Rodgers, Rubber Compounding: Chemistry and Applications, Second Edition, CRC Press, 2015

4. Holden, G., Kricheldorf, H., Quirk, R., Thermoplastic Elastomers, Hanser Publications., 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-72

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introduction to basic testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials. Student will be able todefine basic terms related to testing methods and equipment, will be able to select various materials for particularapplications according to application requirements. Student will be able to work in a group and will be able to broadenher/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Interphase phenomena: contact angle, surface tension 2

T-W-2 Microscopic methods in bio- and nanomaterials characterization 2

T-W-3 Thermal analysis of biomaterials 2

T-W-4 Thermal analysis and nanomaterials 2

T-W-5 Methods for chemical structure characterization 2

T-W-6 Thermomechanical properties 2

T-W-7 Mechanical properties of bio- and nanomaterials 2

T-W-8 Hardness of materials 1


praca włąsna studenta 15A-W-2









study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_72_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of the testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials

Testing methods of bio- and nanomaterials

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_2-_72_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of thetesting methods of bio- and nanomaterials

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_72_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of testing methods of bio andnanomaterials



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Cheremisinoff NP, Polymer characterizaton, Noyes Pub., New York, 1996


[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-73

5,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 5,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Testing methods of inorganic products







Other teachers


W-2 Physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the most important analytical methods utilized for testing inorganic samples

C-2 Student is able to chose a proper group of analytical methods to assess given set of properties


Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Selecting of a proper analytical methods 5

T-L-2 Instrumental methods of chemical composition analysis 15



T-L-5 Temperature Programmed Desorption 5


T-L-7 Scanning Electron Microscopy 5


T-W-2 Chemical analysis of the surface of solid state 10








M-2 Laboratory


Testing methods of inorganic products

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_73_W01Student knows the most important analytical methods utilizedfor testing inorganic samples

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_73_U01Student is able to chose a proper group of analytical methods toassess given set of properties




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0



[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-74

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit THERMODYNAMICS OF PHASE AND REACTIONEQUILIBRIA










C-1The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of thermodynamic equilibria.2. Describe the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

C-2 Student will be able to solve engineering problems associated with chemical and molecular thermodynamics.


T-W-1

The Criteria for Equilibrium, Molecular View of Equilibrium, Gibbs Phase Rule, Pure Species PhaseEquilibrium, Gibbs Energy , Clausius–Clapeyron Equation, Partial Molar Properties, The Gibbs–DuhemEquation , Property Changes of Mixing, The Chemical Potential, Fugacity and Fugacity Coeffi cient, TheLewis Fugacity Rule, Fugacity in the Liquid Phase, Fugacity in the Solid Phase, Vapor–Liquid Equilibrium(VLE) , Raoult’s Law, Nonideal Liquids, Azeotropes, Solubility of Gases in Liquids, Liquid —LiquidEquilibrium, Vapor–Liquid— Liquid Equilibrium, Solid–Liquid and Solid–Solid Equilibrium, ChemicalReaction Equilibria, Chemical Reaction and Gibbs Energy, The Equilibrium Constant for Reaction,Electrochemical Reaction Equilibrium, Activity Coeffi cients in Electrochemical Systems, MultipleReactions, Extent of Reaction.

30


Homework 2A-A-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes



THERMODYNAMICS OF PHASE AND REACTION EQUILIBRIA

[ logo uczelni ]



study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1

M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_74_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of scientific principlesassociated with solving thermodynamic problems.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-A-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_74_U01Student can solve engineering problems associated withthermodynamic equilibria.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-A-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_74_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of chemical thermodynamics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Studen can describe basic scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic engineering problems associated with thermodynamic equilibria.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of thermodynamic

equilibria.3,54,04,55,0


2. H.D.B. Jenkins, Chemical Thermodynamics at Glance, Blackwell Publishing Ltd, Oxford, 20083. J.M. Prausnitz, R.N. Lichtenthaler, E.G. de Azevedo, Molecular Thermodynamics of Fluid Phase Equilibria, Prentice Hall PTR, New Jersey,2001

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-75

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Thermodynamics with chemical engineeringapplications










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of thermodynamics.2. Identify the various types of thermodynamic equilibria.3. Understand mass and energy balances.4. Describe the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

C-2 Student will be able to solve typical calculation problems associated with thermodynamics.


T-W-1

Thermodynamic Properties, The PvT Surface, Thermodynamic Property Tables, The First Law ofThermodynamics, Internal Energy of an Ideal Gas, Work and Heat, Construction of Hypothetical Paths,Reversible and Irreversible Processes, The First Law of Thermodynamics for Closed Systems, The FirstLaw of Thermodynamics for Open Systems, Material Balance, Flow Work, Enthalpy, Steady-StateEnergy Balances, Transient Energy Balance, Heat Capacity, Latent Heats, Enthalpy of Reactions,Reversible Processes in Closed Systems, Heat Capacity, Open-System Energy Balances on ProcessEquipment: Nozzles and Diffusers; Turbines and Pumps (or Compressors); Heat Exchangers; ThrottlingDevices; Entropy, The Second Law of Thermodynamics for Closed and Open Systems, The MechanicalEnergy Balance and the Bernoulli Equation, Thermodynamic Cycles, Vapor-Compression Power andRefrigeration Cycles, The Rankine Cycle, The Vapor-Compression Refrigeration Cycle, Exergy Analysis,The Ideal Gas, Intermolecular Forces, Principle of Corresponding States, Equations of State: The vander Waals Equation of State, Cubic Equations of State, The Virial Equation of State, Equations of Statefor Liquids and Solids, Generalized Compressibility Charts, Determination of Parameters for Mixtures ,The Thermodynamic Web, Joule-Thomson Expansion, Liquefaction.

30


Homework 2A-L-2



Written exam 2A-W-2



M-2 Classes

Thermodynamics with chemical engineering applications

[ logo uczelni ]





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

Knowledge

C-1 S-1T-W-1 M-1WM-WTiICh_1-_75_W01Student demonstrates basic knowledge of thermodynamics.

Skills

C-2 S-2T-L-1

M-2WM-WTiICh_1-_75_U01Student can solve calculation problems associated withthermodynamics.


C-2 S-1S-2

T-L-1 M-1M-2

WM-WTiICh_1-_75_K01Student understands the need for continuous training anddevelopment in the field of process thermodynamics.

T-W-1



2,03,0 Student describes the scientific principles associated with solving thermodynamic problems.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student can solve basic calculation problems associated with thermodynamics.

3,54,04,55,0


2,03,0 Student understands at the basic level the need for continuous training and development in the field of process

thermodynamics.3,54,04,55,0



Supplementary reading3. E.I. Franses, Thermodynamics with Chemical Engineering Applications, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2014

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-76

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit TISSUE ENGINEERING






Other teachers



C-1The course is aimed at giving an introdution to tissue engineering. Student will be able to define basic terms related totissue engineering, wil be able to select suitable polymeric materials for tissue engineering applications, student will be ableto work in a group and will be able to broaden her/his knowledge in the field.

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-W-1 Introduction to natural tissue structure and function 2

T-W-2 Cell growth and proliferation 1

T-W-3 Synthetic and natural biodegradable polymers 2

T-W-4 Biodegradation processes including hydrolytic and enzymatic mechanisms 2

T-W-5 Preparation methods for 3D scaffolds 3

T-W-6 Scaffolds for bone tissue engineering 2

T-W-7 Scaffolds for heart tissue engineering 2

T-W-8 Regulatory aspects in tissue engineering 1



literature studies and consultations 30A-W-3







study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_2-_76_W01To provide a detailed theoretical knowledge within theframework of tissue engineering

Skills

TISSUE ENGINEERING

[ logo uczelni ]

WM-WTiICh_2-_76_U01To provide a practical knowledge within the framework of tissueengineering

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_2-_76_K01Student understands the needs of continuous training anddevelopment in the field of tissue engineering



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. R.L. Reis, J. San Roman, Biodegradable Systems in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine, CRC Press, New York, 2004

2. B.D. Ratner, Biomaterials Science, Elsevier, New York, 2004

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-77

4,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 4,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit TRANSPORT PHENOMENA










C-1

The student will be able to:1. Formulate governing equation for momentum, mass, and heat transfer.2. Identify the terms describing storage, convection, diffusion, dispersion, andgeneration in the general governing equation for momentum, mass, and heat transfer.3. Understand the various components needed for setting up conservation equations.4. Utilize information obtained from solutions of the balance equations to solve chemical engineering problems.5. Appreciate relevance of transport phenomena in chemical engineering.


T-A-1Derivation of momentum conservation equations. Solving selected problems related to momentumtransfer. Derivation of energy conservation equations. Solving selected problems related to energytransfer. Derivation of mass conservation equations. Solving selected problems related to masstransfer.

30

T-W-1

Momentum transport: Viscosity; Mechanisms of momentum transport; Momentum balances; Velocitydistributions in laminar and turbulent flow; Interphase transport of momentum in isothermal systems;Macroscopic balances for isothermal flow systems.Energy Transport: Mechanisms of energy transport; Thermal conductivity; Energy balances;Temperature distributions in solids; The equations of change for nonisothermal systems; Temperaturedistributions in turbulent flow; Interphase transport in nonisothermal systems; Macroscopic balancesfor nonisothermal systems.Mass transport: Mechanisms of mass transport; Diffusivity; Mass balances; Concentration distributionsin solids. Equations of change for multicomponent systems; Concentration distributions in turbulentflow, Interphase transport; Macroscopic mass balances for multicomponent systems.

30


Tutorial 10A-A-2



Tutorial 5A-W-2





TRANSPORT PHENOMENA

[ logo uczelni ]





study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_77_W01The student will be able to understand the various componentsneeded for setting up conservation equations.

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_77_U01The student will be able to utilize information obtained fromsolutions of the balance equations to solve chemical engineeringproblems.

Other social / personal competencesWM-WTiICh_1-_77_K01The student will be able to appreciate relevance of transportphenomena in chemical engineering.



2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0

Required reading1. Bird R.B., Stewart W.E., Lightfoot E.N., Transport Phenomena, Wiley, New York, 2007

2. Brodkey R.S., Hershey H.C., Transport phenomena. A unified approach, McGraw-Hill, New York, 19883. Kessler, David P. Greenkorn. Kessler D.P., Greenkorn R.A., Momentum, heat, and mass transfer fundamentals, Marcel Dekker, Basel,1999

[ logo uczelni ]

Field of study

Mode of study


ECTS


Code

Electives

Language

Elective group


stationary

WTiICh-2-78

3,0

credits english

ECTS (forms) 3,0

Level second cycle

Area(s) of study


Module

Course unit Vacuum technology







Other teachers

PrerequisitesW-1 Physical chemistry

W-2 Physics

Module/course unit objectivesC-1 Student knows the physical laws applied to calculate properties concerned in vacuum equipment

C-2 Student knows the most important vacuum equipment, vacuum pumps and gauges

C-3 Student is able to design a simple vacuum system and maintain its operation

Course content divided into various forms of instruction Number of hoursT-L-1 Designing of vacuum systems 10

T-L-2 Vacuum pumps 10

T-L-3 Vacuum measurements 10

T-W-1 Fundamentals of vacuum generation 5

T-W-2 Vacuum pumps 5

T-W-3 Vacuum Gauges 5






M-2 Laboratory




study





education

Teachingmethods


methods

KnowledgeWM-WTiICh_1-_78_W01Student knows the physical laws applied to calculate propertiesconcerned in vacuum equipment

Vacuum technology

[ logo uczelni ]

SkillsWM-WTiICh_1-_78_U01Student is able to design a simple vacuum system and maintainits operation




2,03,03,54,04,55,0


2,03,03,54,04,55,0


Required reading1. Handbook of vacuum technology, Wiley-VCH Verlag, 2008

list of courses for exchange students academic year … · t-l-4 mass transfer in gas-liquid system...

Documents